Fix customization type of `even-window-sizes'.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob1bcd1900385468dab51772564f73f9ae62134070
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21799 41767 31221 635000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21814 9129
69 ;;;;;; 380496 997000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21670 32331
89 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21855 577
100 ;;;;;; 357945 168000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21670 32331 885635
112 ;;;;;; 586000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
210 \(fn)" t nil)
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
239 ;;;***
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21895 57521
242 ;;;;;; 590301 332000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
375 ;;;***
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471 \(fn)" t nil)
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
476 \(fn)" t nil)
478 ;;;***
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21907 48688 645360 195000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
558 \(fn)" nil t)
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
680 Topic Encryption
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
729 Extending Allout
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
745 Terminology
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
772 Topic text constituents:
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
838 ;;;***
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21855
841 ;;;;;; 576 417950 874000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
881 The graphics include:
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
897 ;;;***
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21855 577 137948
900 ;;;;;; 458000))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
919 ;;;***
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21670 32331 385639
922 ;;;;;; 720000))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
952 ;;;***
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21670 32330 885624
955 ;;;;;; 725000))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
962 \(fn)" t nil)
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
979 ;;;***
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21670
982 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1016 ;;;***
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21880 42526 275119
1019 ;;;;;; 615000))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1038 ;;;***
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21905 6960 85493 11000))
1041 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1043 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1044 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1045 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1046 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1049 kind of objects to search.
1051 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1053 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1054 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1055 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1056 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1057 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1058 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1061 variables, not just user options.
1063 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1066 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1067 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1068 like `apropos-user-option'.
1070 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1072 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1074 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1075 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1076 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1077 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1078 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1079 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1081 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1082 noninteractive functions.
1084 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1085 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1087 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1088 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1090 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1092 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1093 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1095 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1097 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1098 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1099 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1100 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1108 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1110 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1112 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1114 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1115 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1116 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1117 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1118 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1120 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1122 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1123 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1124 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1125 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1126 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1127 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1129 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1130 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1131 names and values of properties.
1133 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1135 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1137 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1138 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1139 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1140 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1141 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1142 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1145 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1146 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1147 documentation strings.
1149 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1151 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1153 ;;;***
1155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21878 48426 204093
1156 ;;;;;; 508000))
1157 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1159 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1160 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1161 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1162 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1163 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1164 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1166 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1167 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1168 archive.
1170 \\{archive-mode-map}
1172 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1174 ;;;***
1176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
1177 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1179 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1180 Major mode for editing arrays.
1182 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1183 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1184 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1186 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1188 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1189 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1190 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1192 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1193 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1194 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1195 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1196 The variables are:
1198 Variables you assign:
1199 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1200 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1201 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1202 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1203 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1204 row numbers in the buffer.
1206 Variables which are calculated:
1207 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1208 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1210 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1211 take a numeric prefix argument):
1213 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1214 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1215 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1216 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1218 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1219 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1220 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1221 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1223 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1225 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1228 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1229 between that of point and mark.
1231 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1232 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1234 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1235 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1236 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1237 newlines inside rows)
1239 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1241 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1243 \(fn)" t nil)
1245 ;;;***
1247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21906 58826
1248 ;;;;;; 78640 200000))
1249 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1250 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1252 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1253 Toggle Artist mode.
1254 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1255 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1256 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258 How to quit Artist mode
1260 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1263 How to submit a bug report
1265 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1268 Drawing with the mouse:
1270 mouse-2
1271 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1272 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1273 below).
1275 mouse-1
1276 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1277 or pastes:
1279 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1282 to new point
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1284 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1299 lines
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305 Paste Paste Paste
1306 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1311 or diagonally.
1313 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1314 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1315 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1316 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1317 poly-lines.
1319 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1320 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1321 overwrite means the opposite.
1323 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1324 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1325 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1330 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1332 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1333 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1334 are currently drawing something.
1336 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1337 some time to fill.
1340 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1341 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1344 Settings
1346 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1352 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1355 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1360 Drawing with keys
1362 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1363 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1364 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1365 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1366 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1367 When pasting: Pastes
1369 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1371 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1373 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1374 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1375 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1376 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1377 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1378 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1381 Arrows
1383 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1384 of the line/poly-line
1386 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1387 of the line/poly-line
1390 Selecting operation
1392 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1394 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1395 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1397 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1398 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1399 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1401 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1402 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1408 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1411 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1413 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1416 Variables
1418 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1419 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1421 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1422 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1423 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1424 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1425 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1426 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1427 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1428 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1429 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1430 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1431 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1432 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1434 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1435 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1436 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1437 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1438 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1439 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1441 Hooks
1443 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1446 Keymap summary
1448 \\{artist-mode-map}
1450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1452 ;;;***
1454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21670 32331
1455 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1456 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1458 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1459 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1460 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1462 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1463 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1467 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1468 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1470 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1471 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1473 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1475 Special commands:
1476 \\{asm-mode-map}
1478 \(fn)" t nil)
1480 ;;;***
1482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21670
1483 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
1484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1486 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1487 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1488 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1489 let-binding.")
1491 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1493 ;;;***
1495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21670 32330 885624
1496 ;;;;;; 725000))
1497 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1499 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1500 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1501 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1503 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1505 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1506 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1507 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1508 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1509 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1511 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1512 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1513 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1514 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1515 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1516 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1517 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1518 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520 For example:
1521 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1522 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1523 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1524 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1525 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1527 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1532 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1533 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1534 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1535 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1536 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1538 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1540 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1541 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1542 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1543 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1544 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1546 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1547 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1548 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1550 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1554 ;;;***
1556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21670 32331
1557 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1558 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1560 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1561 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1563 \(fn)" t nil)
1565 ;;;***
1567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21670 32330 885624
1568 ;;;;;; 725000))
1569 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1571 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1572 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1573 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1575 \(fn)" t nil)
1577 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1578 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1579 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1580 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1582 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1584 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1585 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1586 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1587 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1588 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1589 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1591 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1593 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1594 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1595 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1596 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1597 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1599 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1600 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1604 ;;;***
1606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21906
1607 ;;;;;; 58854 98640 200000))
1608 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1610 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1614 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1616 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1617 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1618 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1620 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1621 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1622 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1623 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1624 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1626 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1628 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1630 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1631 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1632 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1633 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1634 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1636 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1637 directory or directories specified.
1639 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1640 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1641 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1642 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1643 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1644 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1646 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1648 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1649 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1650 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1651 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1652 should be non-nil).
1654 \(fn)" nil nil)
1656 ;;;***
1658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21855 576 477946
1659 ;;;;;; 398000))
1660 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1662 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1663 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1664 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1665 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1666 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1668 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1669 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1670 disk changes.
1672 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1673 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1674 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1678 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1679 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1681 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1682 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook #'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1684 \(fn)" nil nil)
1686 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1687 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1688 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1689 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1690 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1692 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1693 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1694 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1695 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1696 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1698 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1699 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1700 writing before you save the file!
1702 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1706 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1707 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1709 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1710 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook #'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1712 \(fn)" nil nil)
1714 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1715 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1716 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1717 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1718 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1719 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1721 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1723 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1724 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1725 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1726 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1727 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1729 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1730 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1731 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1733 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1734 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1735 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1736 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1737 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1739 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1740 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1741 specifies in the mode line.
1743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1745 ;;;***
1747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
1748 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1750 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1751 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1752 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1753 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1754 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1756 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1758 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1759 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1760 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1761 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1763 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1764 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1765 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1767 Effects of the different modes:
1768 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1769 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1770 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1771 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1772 a random distance & direction.
1773 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1774 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1775 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1777 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1778 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1779 definition of \"random distance\".)
1781 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1783 ;;;***
1785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21670 32331
1786 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1789 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1791 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1792 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1794 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1795 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1796 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1798 \\{bat-mode-map}
1800 \(fn)" t nil)
1802 ;;;***
1804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21754 56896 744606
1805 ;;;;;; 568000))
1806 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1807 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1809 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1810 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1811 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1812 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1814 \(fn)" t nil)
1816 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1817 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1818 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1819 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1820 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1821 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1823 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1825 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1826 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1827 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1828 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1829 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1831 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1832 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1833 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1834 seconds.
1836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1838 ;;;***
1840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21670
1841 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
1842 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1844 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1845 Time execution of FORMS.
1846 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1847 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1848 FORMS once.
1849 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1850 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1851 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1853 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1855 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1857 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1858 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1859 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1860 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1861 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1863 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1865 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1867 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1868 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1869 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1870 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1871 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1873 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1875 ;;;***
1877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21855 577 517944
1878 ;;;;;; 90000))
1879 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1881 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1882 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1883 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1884 of corresponding buffers.
1885 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1886 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1887 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1888 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1889 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1891 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1892 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1893 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1895 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1897 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1898 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1900 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1902 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1903 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1904 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1905 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1907 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1908 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1909 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1910 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1911 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1913 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1914 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1917 Special information:
1919 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1921 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1922 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1923 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1924 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1925 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1926 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1927 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1928 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1930 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1931 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1933 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1934 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1935 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1936 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1937 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1938 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1939 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1940 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1942 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1944 ----------------------------------------------------------
1945 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1946 if that value is non-nil.
1948 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1950 \(fn)" t nil)
1952 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1953 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1954 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1955 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1956 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1957 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1958 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1959 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1960 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1961 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1962 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1963 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1965 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1967 ;;;***
1969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1970 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 885635 586000))
1971 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1973 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1974 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1976 \(fn)" t nil)
1978 ;;;***
1980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21670 32331 385639
1981 ;;;;;; 720000))
1982 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1984 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1985 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1987 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1988 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1989 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1991 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1993 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1994 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1996 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1998 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1999 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2001 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2003 ;;;***
2005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21670 32331
2006 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
2007 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2009 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2010 Play blackbox.
2011 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2013 What is blackbox?
2015 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2016 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2017 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2018 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2019 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2020 your score.
2022 Overview of play:
2024 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2025 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2026 four.
2028 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2029 movement keys.
2031 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2032 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2034 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2035 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2037 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2038 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2039 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2040 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2041 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2042 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2044 Details:
2046 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2048 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2049 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2050 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2051 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2053 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2054 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2055 denoted by the letter `R'.
2057 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2058 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2059 denoted by the letter `H'.
2061 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2062 example.
2064 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2065 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2066 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2067 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2068 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2069 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2070 ray.
2072 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2073 degree deflection it causes.
2076 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2079 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2086 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2087 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2090 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2091 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2099 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2100 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2101 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2102 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2103 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2104 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2105 emerging from the box.
2107 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2109 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2114 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2118 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2119 a reflection.
2121 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2123 ;;;***
2125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21798 49947 232670
2126 ;;;;;; 676000))
2127 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2128 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2132 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2133 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2134 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2135 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2136 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2137 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2138 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2140 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2141 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2142 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2144 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2145 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2146 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2147 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2148 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2149 recent one.
2151 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2152 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2153 yank successive words.
2155 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2156 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2157 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2158 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2159 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2161 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2162 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2163 the list of bookmarks.)
2165 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2167 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2168 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2169 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2170 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2171 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2172 this.
2174 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2175 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2176 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2177 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2179 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2180 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2182 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2183 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2184 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2186 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2188 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2189 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2191 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2193 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2194 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2196 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2197 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2198 after a bookmark was set in it.
2200 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2202 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2203 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2205 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2206 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2208 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2210 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2212 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2213 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2214 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2215 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2217 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2218 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2219 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2221 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2222 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2223 name.
2225 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2227 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2228 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2229 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2231 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2232 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2233 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2234 this.
2236 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2238 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2239 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2241 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2242 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2243 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2244 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2245 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2246 probably because we were called from there.
2248 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2250 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2251 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2253 \(fn)" t nil)
2255 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2257 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2258 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2259 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2260 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2261 \(second argument).
2263 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2264 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2265 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2266 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2267 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2269 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2270 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2271 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2272 `bookmark-default-file'.
2274 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2276 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2277 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2278 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2279 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2280 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2281 while loading.
2283 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2284 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2285 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2286 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2287 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2288 explicitly.
2290 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2291 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2292 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2294 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2296 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2297 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2298 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2299 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2300 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2302 \(fn)" t nil)
2304 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2306 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2308 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2309 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2311 \(fn)" t nil)
2313 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2315 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2317 ;;;***
2319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21811 32939
2320 ;;;;;; 190503 320000))
2321 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2323 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2324 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2325 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2326 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2328 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2329 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2330 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2331 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2332 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2334 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2336 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2337 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2338 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2339 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2340 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2341 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2343 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2345 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2346 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2347 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2348 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2349 narrowed.
2351 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2353 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2354 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2356 \(fn)" t nil)
2358 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2361 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2363 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2365 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2366 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2367 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2368 first, if that exists.
2370 Passes any ARGS to the browser function.
2371 The default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2373 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2375 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2376 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2377 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2378 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2379 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2383 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2384 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2385 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2386 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2387 says which browser to use.
2389 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2391 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2392 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2393 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2394 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2396 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2398 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2399 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2400 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2401 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2403 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2404 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2405 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2406 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2409 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2410 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2412 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2413 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2415 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2417 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2419 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2420 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2421 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2422 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2424 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2425 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2426 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2427 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2429 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2430 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2431 new tab in an existing window instead.
2433 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2434 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2436 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2438 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2439 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2440 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2441 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2443 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2444 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2445 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2447 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2448 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2449 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2451 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2452 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2454 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2456 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2457 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2458 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2459 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2460 Chromium.
2462 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2464 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2465 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2466 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2467 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2469 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2470 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2471 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2472 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2474 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2475 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2476 new tab in an existing window instead.
2478 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2479 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2481 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2483 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2485 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2486 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2488 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2490 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2491 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2492 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2493 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2495 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2496 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2497 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2498 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2500 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2501 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2503 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2505 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2507 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2508 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2510 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2511 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2512 program is invoked according to the variable
2513 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2515 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2516 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2517 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2518 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2520 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2521 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2523 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2525 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2527 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2528 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2529 Default to the URL around or before point.
2531 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2532 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2533 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2535 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2536 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2537 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2538 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2540 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2541 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2543 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2545 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2547 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2548 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2549 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2550 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2552 When called interactively, if variable
2553 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2554 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2555 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2556 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2558 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2559 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2560 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2562 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2563 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2565 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2567 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2568 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2569 Default to the URL around or before point.
2571 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2572 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2573 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2575 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2576 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2578 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2580 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2581 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2582 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2583 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2585 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2587 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2589 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2590 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2591 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2592 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2593 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2594 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2596 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2598 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2599 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2600 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2601 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2602 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2604 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2605 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2606 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2607 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2609 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2610 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2612 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2614 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2615 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2616 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2617 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2618 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2619 current one.
2621 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2622 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2623 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2624 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2626 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2627 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2629 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2631 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2632 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2633 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2634 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2635 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2636 don't offer a form of remote control.
2638 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2640 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2641 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2642 Default to the URL around or before point.
2644 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2646 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2647 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2648 Default to the URL around the point.
2650 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2651 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2653 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2654 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2656 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2658 ;;;***
2660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
2661 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2662 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2664 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2665 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2666 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2667 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2669 \(fn)" t nil)
2671 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2672 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2673 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2674 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2676 \(fn)" t nil)
2678 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2679 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2681 \(fn)" t nil)
2683 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2684 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2685 \\<bs-mode-map>
2686 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2687 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2688 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2689 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2691 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2692 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2693 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2694 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2695 name of buffer configuration.
2697 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2699 ;;;***
2701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21670 32331 385639
2702 ;;;;;; 720000))
2703 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2705 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2706 Play Bubbles game.
2707 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2708 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2709 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2710 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2711 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2712 columns on its right towards the left.
2714 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2715 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2716 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2717 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2719 \(fn)" t nil)
2721 ;;;***
2723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2724 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
2725 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2727 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2729 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2730 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2731 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2732 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2733 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2737 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2738 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2742 ;;;***
2744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21888
2745 ;;;;;; 49772 464181 796000))
2746 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2747 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2748 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2749 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2751 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2753 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2754 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2755 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2756 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2757 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2758 else the global value will be modified.
2760 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2762 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2763 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2764 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2765 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2766 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2767 else the global value will be modified.
2769 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2771 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2772 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2773 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2775 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2777 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2778 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2779 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2780 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2782 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2783 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2784 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2785 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2786 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2787 before scanning it.
2789 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2790 that already has a `.elc' file.
2792 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2793 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2795 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2796 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2797 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2798 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2799 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2800 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2802 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2804 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2805 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2806 Print the result in the echo area.
2807 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2811 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2812 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2813 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2815 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2817 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2818 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2819 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2820 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2821 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2822 all functions called by those functions.
2824 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2825 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2826 cons, etc.).
2828 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2829 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2830 invoked interactively.
2832 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2834 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2835 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2836 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2837 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2839 \(fn)" nil nil)
2841 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2842 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2843 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2844 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2845 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2846 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2847 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2848 already up-to-date.
2850 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2852 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2853 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2854 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2855 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2857 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2858 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2859 and corresponding effects.
2861 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2863 ;;;***
2865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21670
2866 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
2867 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2869 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2871 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2873 ;;;***
2875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21670 32330
2876 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2879 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2881 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2883 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2885 ;;;***
2887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21670
2888 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
2889 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2891 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2892 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2893 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2894 from the cursor position.
2896 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2898 ;;;***
2900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21855 576 517945 858000))
2901 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2902 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2904 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2905 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2909 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2910 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2912 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2914 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2915 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2917 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2919 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2920 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2921 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2922 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2924 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2926 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2927 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2928 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2929 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2931 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2933 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2934 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2935 This is most useful in the X window system.
2936 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2937 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2939 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2941 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2942 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2943 See calc-keypad for details.
2945 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2947 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2948 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2950 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2952 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2953 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2955 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2957 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2958 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2960 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2962 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2963 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2964 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2966 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2968 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2969 Define Calc function.
2971 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2972 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2973 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2975 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2976 actual Lisp function name.
2978 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2980 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2982 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2984 ;;;***
2986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21670 32330
2987 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
2988 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2990 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2993 \(fn N)" t nil)
2995 ;;;***
2997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21850 35126 597287
2998 ;;;;;; 693000))
2999 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3001 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3002 Run the Emacs calculator.
3003 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3005 \(fn)" t nil)
3007 ;;;***
3009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21887 28943
3010 ;;;;;; 471667 16000))
3011 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3013 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3014 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3015 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3016 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3017 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3018 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3020 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3021 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3022 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3023 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3024 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3025 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3026 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3027 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3028 window.
3030 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3031 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3033 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3034 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3035 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3036 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3037 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3038 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3040 Runs the following hooks:
3042 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3043 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3044 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3045 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3047 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3051 ;;;***
3053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21852 24381 567240
3054 ;;;;;; 49000))
3055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3057 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3058 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3060 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3062 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3063 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3064 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3065 it fails.
3067 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3069 ;;;***
3071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21855
3072 ;;;;;; 577 387944 393000))
3073 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3075 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3076 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3078 \(fn)" nil nil)
3080 ;;;***
3082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21855 577
3083 ;;;;;; 397944 786000))
3084 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3086 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3087 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3089 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3090 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3092 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3093 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3095 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3097 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3098 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3099 made from scratch.
3101 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3103 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3104 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3106 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3107 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3108 made from scratch.
3110 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3112 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3113 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3115 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3117 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3118 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3119 made from scratch.
3121 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3123 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3124 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3126 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3127 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3128 made from scratch.
3130 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3132 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3133 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3135 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3137 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3138 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3139 made from scratch.
3141 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3143 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3144 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3146 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3147 variables are guessed:
3149 * `c-basic-offset', and
3150 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3151 `c-offsets-alist'.
3153 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3154 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3156 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3157 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3159 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3160 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3161 guess is made from scratch.
3163 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3164 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3166 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3168 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3169 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3170 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3171 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3173 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3174 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3175 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3177 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3179 ;;;***
3181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21861 39358
3182 ;;;;;; 537945 535000))
3183 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3185 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3186 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3187 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3188 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3189 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3190 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3191 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3193 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3194 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3195 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3196 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3197 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3198 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3199 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3200 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3201 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3203 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3204 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3205 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3206 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3207 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3208 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3210 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3212 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3213 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3215 Key bindings:
3216 \\{c-mode-map}
3218 \(fn)" t nil)
3220 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3221 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3222 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3223 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3224 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3225 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3226 message.
3228 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3230 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3231 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3233 Key bindings:
3234 \\{c++-mode-map}
3236 \(fn)" t nil)
3237 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3239 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3240 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3241 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3242 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3243 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3244 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3245 message.
3247 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3249 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3250 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3252 Key bindings:
3253 \\{objc-mode-map}
3255 \(fn)" t nil)
3256 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3258 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3259 Major mode for editing Java code.
3260 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3261 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3262 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3263 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3264 message.
3266 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3268 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3269 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3271 Key bindings:
3272 \\{java-mode-map}
3274 \(fn)" t nil)
3275 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3277 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3278 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3279 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3280 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3281 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3282 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3283 message.
3285 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3287 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3288 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3290 Key bindings:
3291 \\{idl-mode-map}
3293 \(fn)" t nil)
3294 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3295 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3297 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3298 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3299 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3300 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3301 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3302 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3303 message.
3305 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3307 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3308 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3310 Key bindings:
3311 \\{pike-mode-map}
3313 \(fn)" t nil)
3314 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3315 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3316 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3317 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3318 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3320 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3321 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3322 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3323 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3324 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3325 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3327 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3329 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3330 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3332 Key bindings:
3333 \\{awk-mode-map}
3335 \(fn)" t nil)
3337 ;;;***
3339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21670
3340 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
3341 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3343 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3344 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3345 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3346 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3348 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3350 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3351 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3352 might get set too.
3354 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3355 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3356 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3357 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3358 in this way.
3360 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3361 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3362 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3363 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3364 a null operation.
3366 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3368 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3369 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3370 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3371 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3373 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3375 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3376 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3377 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3379 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3381 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3382 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3383 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3384 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3385 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3387 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3389 ;;;***
3391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21670 32331
3392 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
3393 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3394 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3395 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3396 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3398 ;;;***
3400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21682 23484 726747
3401 ;;;;;; 991000))
3402 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3404 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3405 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3407 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3409 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3410 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3412 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3414 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3415 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3417 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3418 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3419 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3420 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3421 execution.
3423 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3425 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3427 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3428 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3430 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3431 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3432 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3433 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3435 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3436 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3437 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3438 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3439 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3440 `write' commands.
3442 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3443 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3444 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3445 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3447 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3448 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3449 semantics.
3451 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3453 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3455 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3457 STATEMENT :=
3458 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3459 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3461 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3462 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3463 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3464 | integer
3466 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3468 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3469 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3470 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3472 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3473 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3474 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3476 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3478 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3479 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3480 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3481 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3482 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3483 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3484 ;; last STATEMENT.
3485 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3487 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3488 BREAK := (break)
3490 REPEAT :=
3491 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3492 (repeat)
3493 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3494 ;; (repeat))
3495 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3496 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3497 ;; (read REG)
3498 ;; (repeat))
3499 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3500 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3501 ;; (read REG)
3502 ;; (repeat))
3503 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3505 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3506 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3507 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3508 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3509 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3510 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3511 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3512 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3513 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3514 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3515 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3516 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3517 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3518 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3519 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3520 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3522 WRITE :=
3523 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3524 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3525 ;; representation.
3526 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3527 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3528 ;; (write r7))
3529 | (write EXPRESSION)
3530 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3531 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3532 ;; representation.
3533 | (write integer)
3534 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3535 ;; buffer.
3536 | (write string)
3537 ;; Same as: (write string)
3538 | string
3539 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3540 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3541 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3542 ;; representation.
3543 | (write REG ARRAY)
3544 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3545 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3546 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3547 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3548 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3549 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3551 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3552 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3554 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3555 END := (end)
3557 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3558 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3559 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3561 ARG := REG | integer
3563 OPERATOR :=
3564 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3565 + | - | * | / | %
3567 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3568 | & | `|' | ^
3570 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3571 | << | >>
3573 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3574 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3575 | <8
3577 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3578 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3579 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3580 | >8
3582 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3583 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3584 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3585 | //
3587 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3588 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3590 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3591 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3592 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3593 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3594 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3595 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3596 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3597 | de-sjis
3599 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3600 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3601 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3602 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3603 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3604 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3605 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3606 ;; byte of SJIS.
3607 | en-sjis
3609 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3610 ;; Same meaning as C code
3611 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3613 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3614 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3615 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3616 | <8=
3618 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3619 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3620 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3622 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3623 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3624 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3625 | //=
3627 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3630 TRANSLATE :=
3631 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3632 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3633 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3634 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3635 ;; respectively.
3636 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3637 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3638 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3639 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3641 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3642 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3643 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3645 LOOKUP :=
3646 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3647 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3648 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3649 ;; respectively.
3650 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3651 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3652 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3654 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3655 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3656 ;; REG.
3657 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3658 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3659 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3661 MAP :=
3662 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3663 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3664 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3665 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3667 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3668 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3669 MAP-ID := integer
3671 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3673 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3675 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3676 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3677 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3678 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3679 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3680 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3682 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3684 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3685 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3686 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3688 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3690 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3692 ;;;***
3694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21716 41663
3695 ;;;;;; 456033 27000))
3696 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3698 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3699 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3700 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3701 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3703 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3705 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3707 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3708 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3710 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3712 ;;;***
3714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21670 32330 885624
3715 ;;;;;; 725000))
3716 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3717 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3719 ;;;***
3721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21906 27825
3722 ;;;;;; 297852 407000))
3723 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3724 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
3726 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3727 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3728 There are no special keybindings by default.
3730 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3731 to the action header.
3733 \(fn)" t nil)
3735 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3736 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3737 There are no special keybindings by default.
3739 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3740 to the action header.
3742 \(fn)" t nil)
3744 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3745 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3747 \(fn)" t nil)
3749 ;;;***
3751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "character-fold" "character-fold.el" (21907
3752 ;;;;;; 48688 653360 195000))
3753 ;;; Generated autoloads from character-fold.el
3755 (defvar character-fold-search t "\
3756 Non-nil if searches should fold similar characters.
3757 This means some characters will match entire groups of characters.
3758 For instance, \" will match all variants of double quotes, and
3759 the letter a will match all of its accented versions (and then
3760 some).")
3762 (autoload 'character-fold-to-regexp "character-fold" "\
3763 Return a regexp matching anything that character-folds into STRING.
3764 If `character-fold-search' is nil, `regexp-quote' string.
3765 Otherwise, any character in STRING that has an entry in
3766 `character-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
3767 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
3768 If LAX is non-nil, any single whitespace character is allowed to
3769 match any number of times.
3771 \(fn STRING &optional LAX)" nil nil)
3773 ;;;***
3775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21841 54062
3776 ;;;;;; 162628 940000))
3777 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3778 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3780 ;;;***
3782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3783 ;;;;;; (21888 49792 712181 796000))
3784 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3786 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3787 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3788 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3790 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3792 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3793 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3794 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3796 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3798 ;;;***
3800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21880
3801 ;;;;;; 42635 728365 616000))
3802 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3803 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3804 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3805 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3806 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3807 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3808 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3809 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3810 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3811 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3813 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3814 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
3816 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3817 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3818 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3820 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3821 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3822 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3823 the users will view as each check is completed.
3825 \(fn)" t nil)
3827 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3828 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3829 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3830 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3831 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3832 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3833 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3834 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3836 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3838 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3839 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3840 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3841 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3842 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3843 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3844 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3845 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3847 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3849 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3850 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3851 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3852 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3853 spacing are all verified.
3855 \(fn)" t nil)
3857 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3858 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3859 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3860 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3861 otherwise stop after the first error.
3863 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3865 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
3866 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3868 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
3870 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3871 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3872 Only documentation strings are checked.
3873 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3874 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3875 a separate buffer.
3877 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3879 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3880 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3881 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3882 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3883 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3885 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3887 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3888 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3889 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3890 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3891 if there is one.
3893 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3895 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3896 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3897 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3898 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3899 if there is one.
3900 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3902 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3904 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3905 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3906 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3908 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3910 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3911 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3912 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3913 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3914 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3916 \(fn)" t nil)
3918 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3919 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3920 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3921 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3922 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3923 space at the end of each line.
3925 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3927 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3928 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3929 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3930 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3932 \(fn)" t nil)
3934 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3935 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3936 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3937 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3939 \(fn)" t nil)
3941 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3942 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3943 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3944 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3946 \(fn)" t nil)
3948 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3949 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3950 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3951 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3953 \(fn)" t nil)
3955 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3956 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3957 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3958 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3960 \(fn)" t nil)
3962 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3963 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3964 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3965 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3967 \(fn)" t nil)
3969 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3970 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3971 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3972 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3974 \(fn)" t nil)
3976 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3977 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3978 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3979 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3981 \(fn)" t nil)
3983 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3984 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3985 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3986 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3988 \(fn)" t nil)
3990 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3991 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3992 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3993 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3994 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3996 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3997 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3998 checking of documentation strings.
4000 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4004 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4005 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4007 \(fn)" t nil)
4009 ;;;***
4011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21670
4012 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
4013 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4015 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4016 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4017 Return the length of resulting text.
4019 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4021 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4022 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4024 \(fn)" t nil)
4026 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4027 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4028 Return the length of resulting text.
4030 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4032 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4033 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4035 \(fn)" t nil)
4037 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4040 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4042 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4045 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4047 ;;;***
4049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21670 32330 885624
4050 ;;;;;; 725000))
4051 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4053 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4054 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4055 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4056 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4057 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4058 editing and the result is evaluated.
4060 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4062 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4063 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4064 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4065 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4066 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4068 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4070 \(fn)" t nil)
4072 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4073 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4074 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4075 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4076 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4078 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4079 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4080 \\{command-history-map}
4082 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4083 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4085 \(fn)" t nil)
4087 ;;;***
4089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21901
4090 ;;;;;; 9907 369083 895000))
4091 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4093 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4094 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4095 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4096 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4097 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4098 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4099 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4100 of this function.
4102 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4103 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4104 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4105 property are:
4107 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4108 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4110 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4111 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4112 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4113 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4114 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4115 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4116 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4117 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4118 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4119 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4120 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4121 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4123 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4124 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4125 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4127 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4128 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4129 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4130 list elements are:
4132 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4134 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4136 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4138 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4139 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4141 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4142 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4144 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4145 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4146 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4147 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4148 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4149 value specified by their associated list element.
4151 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4153 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4154 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4155 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4157 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4158 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4159 * indent the first argument by 4.
4160 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4161 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4162 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4164 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4165 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4166 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4167 instead.
4169 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4171 ;;;***
4173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21903 51634
4174 ;;;;;; 278370 580000))
4175 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4176 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4178 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4180 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4181 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4182 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4183 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4184 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4185 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4187 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4188 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4190 ;;;***
4192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21828 42028
4193 ;;;;;; 650494 471000))
4194 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4196 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4197 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4198 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4199 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4201 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4202 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4203 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4204 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4206 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4207 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4209 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4211 ;;;***
4213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21887 31417 144735
4214 ;;;;;; 656000))
4215 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4217 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4218 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4219 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4220 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4221 of `scheme-program-name').
4222 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4223 it is given as initial input.
4224 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4225 discards input when it starts up.
4226 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4227 is run).
4228 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4230 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4232 ;;;***
4234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
4235 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4237 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4238 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4239 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4240 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4242 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4243 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4245 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4246 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4247 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4249 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4251 ;;;***
4253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21810 12071 401207 648000))
4254 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4256 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4257 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4258 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4259 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4260 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4261 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4262 functions have already modified the buffer.
4264 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4266 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4267 either globally or locally.")
4269 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4270 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4271 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4272 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4274 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4275 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4276 `start-file-process'
4277 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4278 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4279 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4281 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4282 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4284 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4286 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4288 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4290 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4291 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4292 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4293 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4294 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4295 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4296 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4297 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4298 process as its initial input.
4300 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4302 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4304 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4306 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4307 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4308 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4309 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4310 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4311 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4313 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4315 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4317 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4318 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4319 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4320 directory tracking functions.")
4322 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4323 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4324 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4326 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4328 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4330 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4331 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4332 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4334 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4336 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4338 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4339 Send COMMAND to current process.
4340 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4341 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4343 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4345 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4346 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4347 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4348 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4350 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4352 ;;;***
4354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21872 61770
4355 ;;;;;; 310089 300000))
4356 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4358 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4359 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4360 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4361 to get another window.
4363 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4364 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4366 This command pushes the mark in each window
4367 at the prior location of point in that window.
4368 If both windows display the same buffer,
4369 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4370 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4372 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4373 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4374 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4375 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4376 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4377 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4378 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4379 ignored.
4381 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4382 this command work in interlaced mode:
4383 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4384 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4385 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4387 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4389 ;;;***
4391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21907 48688
4392 ;;;;;; 769360 195000))
4393 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4395 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4396 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4398 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4400 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4401 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4402 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4404 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4406 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4407 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4408 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4410 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4412 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4413 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4414 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4415 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4416 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4418 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4419 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4420 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4421 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4422 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4424 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4425 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4426 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4427 describing how the process finished.")
4429 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4430 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4431 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4432 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4433 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4435 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4436 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4437 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4439 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4441 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4442 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4443 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4444 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4446 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4448 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4449 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4451 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4452 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4454 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4455 (lambda ()
4456 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4457 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4458 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4459 (concat \"make -k \"
4460 (if buffer-file-name
4461 (shell-quote-argument
4462 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4464 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4465 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4467 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4468 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4469 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4470 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4472 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4474 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4475 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4476 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4477 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4479 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4480 and move to the source code that caused it.
4482 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4483 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4485 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4486 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4487 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4488 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4489 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4491 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4492 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4493 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4494 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4496 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4497 kills its subprocesses.
4499 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4500 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4501 to a function that generates a unique name.
4503 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4505 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4506 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4507 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4508 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4510 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4511 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4513 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4514 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4515 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4516 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4518 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4519 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4520 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4522 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4524 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4526 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4527 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4528 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4529 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4530 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4532 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4534 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4536 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4538 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4540 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4541 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4542 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4543 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4544 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4546 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4547 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4548 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4549 See `compilation-mode'.
4551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4553 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4554 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4555 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4556 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4557 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4559 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4560 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4561 `compilation-mode'.
4563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4565 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4566 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4567 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4569 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4571 ;;;***
4573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21804 59688 154807
4574 ;;;;;; 989000))
4575 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4577 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4578 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4579 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4580 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4581 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4582 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4584 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4586 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4587 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4588 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4589 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4590 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4594 ;;;***
4596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21670
4597 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
4598 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4600 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4601 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4602 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4603 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4604 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4605 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4606 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4608 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4609 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4610 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4612 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4613 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4614 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4616 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4617 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4618 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4619 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4621 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4622 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4623 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4624 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4625 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4626 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4627 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4629 \\{conf-mode-map}
4631 \(fn)" t nil)
4633 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4634 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4635 Comments start with `#'.
4636 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4638 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4640 \[Desktop Entry]
4641 Encoding=UTF-8
4642 Name=The GIMP
4643 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4644 Name[cs]=GIMP
4646 \(fn)" t nil)
4648 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4649 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4650 Comments start with `;'.
4651 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4653 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4655 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4656 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4657 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4659 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4660 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4662 \(fn)" t nil)
4664 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4665 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4666 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4667 between `/*' and `*/'.
4668 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4670 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4671 // another kind of comment
4672 /* yet another */
4674 name:value
4675 name=value
4676 name value
4677 x.1 =
4678 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4679 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4681 \(fn)" t nil)
4683 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4684 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4685 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4686 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4687 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4688 `conf-space-keywords'.
4689 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4690 in an interactive fashion instead.
4692 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4694 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4696 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4697 image/png png
4698 image/tiff tiff tif
4700 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4701 class desktop
4702 # Standard multimedia devices
4703 add /dev/audio desktop
4704 add /dev/mixer desktop
4706 \(fn)" t nil)
4708 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4709 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4710 See `conf-space-mode'.
4712 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4714 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4715 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4716 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4717 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4719 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4721 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4722 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4724 \(fn)" t nil)
4726 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4727 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4728 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4729 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4731 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4733 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4734 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4736 \(fn)" t nil)
4738 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4739 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4740 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4741 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4743 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4745 *background: gray99
4746 *foreground: black
4748 \(fn)" t nil)
4750 ;;;***
4752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21670 32331 385639
4753 ;;;;;; 720000))
4754 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4756 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4757 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4758 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4759 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4760 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4761 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4763 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4765 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4766 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4767 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4768 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4770 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4772 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4773 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4774 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4775 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4777 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4779 ;;;***
4781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21670
4782 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
4783 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4784 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4785 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4786 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4788 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4789 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4790 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4791 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4792 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4793 following the copyright are updated as well.
4794 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4795 interactively.
4797 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4799 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4800 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4801 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4802 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4803 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4805 \(fn)" t nil)
4807 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4808 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4810 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4812 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4813 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4814 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4816 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4818 ;;;***
4820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21862
4821 ;;;;;; 60209 828658 75000))
4822 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4823 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4824 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4825 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4826 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4827 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4828 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4829 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4831 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4832 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4833 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4834 Tab indents for Perl code.
4835 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4836 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4838 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4839 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4840 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4841 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4842 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4843 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4844 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4845 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4846 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4847 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4848 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4849 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4851 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4853 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4854 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4856 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4858 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4859 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4860 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4861 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4862 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4863 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4864 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4865 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4866 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4868 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4870 bite if angry;
4872 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4873 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4874 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4875 to nil.)
4877 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4878 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4879 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4881 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4883 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4884 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4885 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4886 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4887 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4889 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4891 if (A) { B }
4893 into
4895 B if A;
4897 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4899 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4900 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4901 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4902 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4903 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4904 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4905 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4906 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4907 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4908 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4909 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4910 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4911 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4913 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4914 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4915 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4916 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4917 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4918 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4920 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4921 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4922 man via menu.
4924 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4925 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4926 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4927 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4928 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4930 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4931 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4932 span the needed amount of lines.
4934 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4935 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4936 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4937 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4939 Variables controlling indentation style:
4940 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4941 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4942 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4943 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4944 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4945 `cperl-auto-newline'
4946 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4947 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4948 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4949 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4950 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4951 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4952 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4953 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4954 `cperl-indent-level'
4955 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4956 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4957 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4958 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4959 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4960 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4961 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4962 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4963 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4964 `cperl-brace-offset'
4965 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4966 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4967 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4968 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4969 `cperl-label-offset'
4970 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4971 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4972 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4974 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4975 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4976 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4977 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4978 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4979 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4981 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4982 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4983 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4984 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4986 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4987 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4988 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4989 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4990 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4991 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4992 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4994 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4995 column 0 is indented on
4996 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4998 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4999 with no args.
5001 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5002 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5003 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5005 \(fn)" t nil)
5007 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5008 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5010 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5012 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5013 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5015 \(fn)" t nil)
5017 ;;;***
5019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21670 32331 385639
5020 ;;;;;; 720000))
5021 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5023 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5024 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5025 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5026 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5027 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5029 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5031 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5032 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5034 \(fn)" t nil)
5036 ;;;***
5038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21670 32330 885624
5039 ;;;;;; 725000))
5040 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5042 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5043 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5044 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5045 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5046 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5047 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5048 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5049 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5051 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5052 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5054 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5055 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5056 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5058 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5059 with empty strings removed.
5061 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5063 ;;;***
5065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21811 32939
5066 ;;;;;; 200500 777000))
5067 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5069 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5070 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5072 \(fn)" t nil)
5073 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5075 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5076 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5078 \(fn)" t nil)
5080 ;;;***
5082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21826 50080
5083 ;;;;;; 561727 536000))
5084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5086 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5087 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5088 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5089 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5090 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5091 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5093 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5095 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5096 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5097 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5098 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5099 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5101 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5102 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5103 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5104 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5105 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5106 normal function of these prefix keys.
5108 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5109 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5110 options:
5111 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5112 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5113 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5115 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5116 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5117 the prefix fallback behavior.
5119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5121 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5122 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5124 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5126 ;;;***
5128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21670 32330
5129 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
5130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5132 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5133 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5134 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5138 ;;;***
5140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5141 ;;;;;; (21804 59688 154807 989000))
5142 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5144 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5145 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5149 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5150 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5151 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5152 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5153 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5154 the cursor and DIR can be `left' or `entered' depending on whether the cursor is
5155 entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5157 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5159 ;;;***
5161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21855 576 647952
5162 ;;;;;; 330000))
5163 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5165 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5166 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5168 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5170 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5171 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5173 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5175 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5176 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5178 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5180 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5181 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5183 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5184 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5186 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5187 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5189 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5191 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5193 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5194 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5195 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5197 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5198 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5200 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5201 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5203 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5204 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5206 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5208 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5210 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5211 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5212 Return VALUE.
5214 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5215 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5217 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5218 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5220 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5221 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5223 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5225 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5227 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5228 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5229 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5230 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5232 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5233 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5234 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5236 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5238 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5239 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5240 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5241 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5242 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5244 \(fn)" t nil)
5246 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5247 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5248 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5249 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5251 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5253 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5254 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5255 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5257 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5259 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5260 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5262 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5264 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5266 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5267 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5269 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5271 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5273 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5274 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5275 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5277 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5279 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5280 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5281 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5282 as part of Emacs itself.
5284 Each elements looks like this:
5286 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5288 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5289 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5290 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5291 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5292 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5293 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5294 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5295 and `defface'.
5297 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5299 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5300 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5301 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5302 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5303 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5305 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5306 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5307 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5308 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5310 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5312 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5313 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5314 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5315 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5316 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5317 release.
5319 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5320 that were added or redefined since that version.
5322 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5324 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5325 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5326 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5327 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5329 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5331 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5332 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5334 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5336 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5337 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5338 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5340 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5341 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5343 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5345 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5346 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5348 \(fn)" t nil)
5350 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5351 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5353 \(fn)" t nil)
5355 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5356 Customize all saved options and faces.
5358 \(fn)" t nil)
5360 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5361 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5362 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5363 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5364 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5365 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5367 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5368 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5369 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5371 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5373 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5374 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5376 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5378 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5379 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5381 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5383 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5384 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5386 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5388 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5389 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5390 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5391 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5393 \(fn)" nil nil)
5395 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5396 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5397 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5398 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5399 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5400 that option.
5401 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5403 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5405 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5406 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5407 The result includes selecting that window.
5408 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5409 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5410 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5411 that option.
5413 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5415 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5416 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5418 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5420 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5421 File used for storing customization information.
5422 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5423 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5424 it should be an absolute file name.
5426 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5427 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5428 something like the following in your init file:
5430 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5431 \(load custom-file)
5433 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5434 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5436 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5437 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5438 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5439 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5440 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5442 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5443 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5444 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5445 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5446 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5447 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5448 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5449 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5450 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5451 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5453 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5455 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5456 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5458 \(fn)" nil nil)
5460 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5461 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5463 \(fn)" t nil)
5465 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5466 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5467 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5469 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5471 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5472 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5473 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5474 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5475 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5477 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5479 ;;;***
5481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21891 60465 839679
5482 ;;;;;; 523000))
5483 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5485 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5486 Create or edit a custom theme.
5487 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5488 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5489 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5490 from the Custom save file.
5491 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5492 named *Custom Theme*.
5494 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5496 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5497 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5499 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5501 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5502 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5504 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5506 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5507 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5508 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5509 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5511 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5513 ;;;***
5515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21670 32331
5516 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
5517 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5519 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5520 Mode used for cvs status output.
5522 \(fn)" t nil)
5524 ;;;***
5526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21670 32331 385639
5527 ;;;;;; 720000))
5528 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5529 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5531 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5532 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5534 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5536 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5537 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5538 C++ modes are included.
5540 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5541 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5542 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5546 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5548 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5549 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5550 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5551 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5552 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5553 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5555 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5557 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5558 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5559 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5560 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5561 ARG is omitted or nil.
5563 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5564 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5565 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5569 ;;;***
5571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21670
5572 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
5573 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5575 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5576 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5578 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5580 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5581 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5583 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5585 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5586 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5587 For readability, the table is slightly
5588 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5590 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5591 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5592 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5593 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5594 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5596 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5598 ;;;***
5600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21670 32330 885624
5601 ;;;;;; 725000))
5602 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5603 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5604 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5605 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5606 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5608 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5609 Completion on current word.
5610 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5611 and presents suggestions for completion.
5613 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5614 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5615 completions.
5617 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5618 then it searches *all* buffers.
5620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5622 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5623 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5625 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5626 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5627 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5628 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5629 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5631 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5632 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5634 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5635 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5636 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5638 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5639 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5641 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5643 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5645 ;;;***
5647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21670 32330
5648 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
5649 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5651 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5652 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5654 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5656 ;;;***
5658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21855 577 147947 107000))
5659 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5661 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5662 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5663 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5664 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5665 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5667 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5669 ;;;***
5671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21670 32331
5672 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
5673 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5675 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5676 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5678 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5679 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5680 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5682 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5683 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5684 Data lines are not indented.
5686 Key bindings:
5688 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5689 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5691 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5692 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5693 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5694 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5696 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5698 dcl-basic-offset
5699 Extra indentation within blocks.
5701 dcl-continuation-offset
5702 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5704 dcl-margin-offset
5705 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5707 dcl-margin-label-offset
5708 Indentation for a label.
5710 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5711 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5713 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5714 dcl-block-end-regexp
5715 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5716 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5717 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5718 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5719 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5721 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5722 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5723 Two such functions are included in the package:
5724 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5725 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5727 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5728 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5729 One such function is included in the package:
5730 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5732 dcl-tab-always-indent
5733 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5734 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5735 margin.
5737 dcl-electric-characters
5738 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5739 typed.
5741 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5742 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5743 which words trigger electric indentation.
5745 dcl-tempo-comma
5746 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5747 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5748 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5750 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5751 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5752 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5753 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5755 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5756 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5757 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5758 dcl-imenu-label-call
5759 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5761 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5762 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5763 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5764 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5767 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5769 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5770 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5771 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5772 $ i = 1
5773 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5774 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5775 $ label:
5776 $ if i.eq.1
5777 $ then
5778 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5779 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5780 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5781 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5782 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5783 \"lined up with the command line\"
5784 $ type sys$input
5785 Data lines are not indented at all.
5786 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5787 $ endif
5791 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5792 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5794 \(fn)" t nil)
5796 ;;;***
5798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21855 576 767950
5799 ;;;;;; 442000))
5800 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5802 (setq debugger 'debug)
5804 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5805 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5806 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5807 of the evaluator.
5809 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5810 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5811 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5813 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5815 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5816 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5818 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5820 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5821 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5822 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5823 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5824 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5825 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5827 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5828 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5830 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5832 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5833 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5834 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5835 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5836 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5838 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5840 ;;;***
5842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21799 41767
5843 ;;;;;; 31221 635000))
5844 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5846 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5847 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5849 \(fn)" t nil)
5851 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5852 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5853 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5854 Upper-case letters are commands.
5856 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5857 modify it.
5859 The most useful commands are:
5860 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5861 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5862 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5863 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5864 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5865 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5867 \(fn)" t nil)
5869 ;;;***
5871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21670 32330 885624
5872 ;;;;;; 725000))
5873 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5874 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5876 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5877 Customization of `columns' group.
5879 \(fn)" t nil)
5881 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5882 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5884 START and END delimits the text region.
5886 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5888 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5889 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5891 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5893 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5895 ;;;***
5897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21716 41663 456033 27000))
5898 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5900 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5902 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5903 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5904 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5905 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5906 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5907 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5909 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5911 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5912 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5913 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5914 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5915 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5917 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5918 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5919 point regardless of any selection.
5921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5923 ;;;***
5925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21887 19078
5926 ;;;;;; 977447 760000))
5927 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5929 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5930 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5932 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5934 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5935 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5936 or nil if there is no parent.
5937 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5938 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5939 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5940 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5941 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5943 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5944 arguments are currently understood:
5945 :group GROUP
5946 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5947 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5948 :syntax-table TABLE
5949 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5950 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5951 :abbrev-table TABLE
5952 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5953 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5955 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5957 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5959 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5960 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5961 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5963 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5964 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5966 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5967 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5968 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5970 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5971 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5973 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5974 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5976 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5978 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5980 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5982 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'lisp-indent-function '3)
5984 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5985 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5986 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5987 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5988 the first time the mode is used.
5990 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5992 ;;;***
5994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21891 60465 839679
5995 ;;;;;; 523000))
5996 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5998 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5999 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6000 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6001 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6002 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6003 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6004 otherwise.
6006 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6008 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6009 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6010 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6011 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6013 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6014 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6015 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6017 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6018 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6019 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6020 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6021 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6022 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6023 relevant to POS.
6025 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6027 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6028 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6030 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6031 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6032 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6033 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6034 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6035 minibuffer window for width limit.
6037 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6038 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6040 \(fn)" nil nil)
6042 ;;;***
6044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21860 18496 17962 857000))
6045 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6047 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6048 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6049 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6050 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6051 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6052 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6054 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6056 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6057 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6058 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6059 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6060 is omitted or nil.
6062 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6063 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6064 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6065 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6067 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
6068 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
6070 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6071 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6073 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6075 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6077 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6079 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6080 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6081 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6082 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6084 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6086 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6087 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6089 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6090 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6091 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6093 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6094 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6096 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6097 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6098 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6100 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6101 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6102 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6103 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6105 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6107 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6108 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6110 Handlers are called with argument list
6112 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6114 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6116 `desktop-file-version'
6117 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6118 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6119 `desktop-buffer-point'
6120 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6121 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6122 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6124 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6125 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6127 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6128 code like
6130 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6132 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6133 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6135 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6136 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6137 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6139 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6141 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6142 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6143 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6144 List elements must have the form
6146 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6148 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6149 function.
6151 Handlers are called with argument list
6153 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6155 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6157 `desktop-file-version'
6158 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6159 `desktop-buffer-name'
6160 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6161 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6162 `desktop-buffer-point'
6163 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6164 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6165 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6167 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6168 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6169 created and set.
6171 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6172 code like
6174 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6176 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6177 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6179 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6180 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6181 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6183 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6185 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6187 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6188 Empty the Desktop.
6189 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6190 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6191 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6192 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6193 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6194 if different).
6196 \(fn)" t nil)
6198 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6199 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6200 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6201 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6202 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6203 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6204 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6206 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6208 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6209 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6210 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6212 \(fn)" t nil)
6214 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6215 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6216 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6217 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6218 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6219 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6220 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6221 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6223 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6225 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6226 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6227 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6229 \(fn)" nil nil)
6231 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6233 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6234 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6235 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6236 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6237 directory DIRNAME.
6239 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6241 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6242 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6244 \(fn)" t nil)
6246 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6247 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6249 \(fn)" t nil)
6251 ;;;***
6253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21855 576 877944
6254 ;;;;;; 285000))
6255 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6257 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6258 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6259 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6260 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6261 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6262 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6264 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6266 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6267 Repair a broken attribution line.
6268 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6270 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6272 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6273 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6274 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6275 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6277 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6279 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6280 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6282 \(fn)" t nil)
6284 ;;;***
6286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21880
6287 ;;;;;; 42532 420045 615000))
6288 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6290 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6291 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6292 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6293 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6294 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6298 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6299 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6300 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6301 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6303 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6304 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6305 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6306 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6308 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6309 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6311 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6312 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6313 calendar-date-style 'european
6314 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6316 \(diary-mail-entries)
6318 # diary-rem.el ends here
6320 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6322 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6323 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6325 \(fn)" t nil)
6327 ;;;***
6329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21804 59688 284811 0))
6330 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6332 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6333 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6335 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6337 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6338 The command to use to run diff.")
6340 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6342 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6343 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6344 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6345 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6346 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6347 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6349 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6350 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6351 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6353 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6355 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6356 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6357 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6358 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6359 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6360 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6362 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6364 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6365 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6367 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6369 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6370 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6371 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6373 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6375 ;;;***
6377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21798 20907
6378 ;;;;;; 11218 42000))
6379 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6381 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6382 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6383 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6384 normal diffs.
6386 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6387 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6388 headers for you on-the-fly.
6390 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6391 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6392 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6394 \\{diff-mode-map}
6396 \(fn)" t nil)
6398 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6399 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6400 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6401 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6402 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6404 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6408 ;;;***
6410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
6411 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6413 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6414 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6415 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6417 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6419 ;;;***
6421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21874 51372 526324 856000))
6422 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6424 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6425 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6426 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6427 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6428 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6429 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6430 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6431 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6433 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6435 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6436 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6437 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6438 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6439 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6440 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6442 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6443 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6444 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6445 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6447 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
6448 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
6450 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
6451 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
6452 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
6453 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
6454 listing have no effect.
6456 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6457 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6458 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6460 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6462 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6463 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6465 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6466 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6468 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6469 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6471 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6472 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6474 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6476 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6477 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6479 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6481 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6482 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6483 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6484 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6485 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6486 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6487 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6488 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6489 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6490 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6491 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6492 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6493 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6494 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6495 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6496 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6497 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6498 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6499 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6500 to see why something went wrong.
6501 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6502 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6503 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6504 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6505 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6506 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6507 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6508 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6509 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6510 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6511 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6512 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6513 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6515 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6516 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6517 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6518 again for the directory tree.
6520 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6521 for more info):
6523 `dired-listing-switches'
6524 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6525 `dired-marker-char'
6526 `dired-del-marker'
6527 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6528 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6529 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6530 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6532 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6534 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6535 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6536 `dired-mode-hook'
6537 `dired-load-hook'
6539 Keybindings:
6540 \\{dired-mode-map}
6542 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6543 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6545 ;;;***
6547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21855 576 727950
6548 ;;;;;; 398000))
6549 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6551 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6552 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6553 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6554 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6555 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6557 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6558 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6559 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6561 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6562 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6563 directory.
6565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6567 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6568 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6569 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6570 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6571 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6572 from `default-directory'.
6574 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6576 ;;;***
6578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21670 32330
6579 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
6580 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6582 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6583 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6584 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6585 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6586 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6587 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6589 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6591 ;;;***
6593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21670 32330 885624
6594 ;;;;;; 725000))
6595 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6597 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6598 Return a new, empty display table.
6600 \(fn)" nil nil)
6602 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6603 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6604 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6605 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6606 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6608 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6610 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6611 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6612 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6613 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6614 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6616 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6618 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6619 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6621 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6623 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6624 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6626 \(fn)" t nil)
6628 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6629 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6631 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6632 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6634 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6635 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6636 byte.
6638 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6639 in the default way after this call.
6641 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6643 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6644 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6646 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6648 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6649 Display character C using printable string S.
6651 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6653 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6654 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6655 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6656 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6658 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6660 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6661 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6662 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6663 X frame.
6665 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6667 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6668 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6670 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6672 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6673 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6675 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6677 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6678 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6680 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6682 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6683 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6685 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6687 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6688 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6690 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6692 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6693 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6695 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6696 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6698 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6699 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6701 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6702 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6703 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6704 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6706 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6707 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6708 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6709 in `.emacs'.
6711 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6713 ;;;***
6715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21670 32331
6716 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
6717 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6719 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6720 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6721 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6722 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6723 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6724 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6725 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6726 Default is 2.
6728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6730 ;;;***
6732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
6733 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6735 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6736 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6737 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6738 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6739 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6740 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6741 private or ask).
6742 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6743 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6744 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6745 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6746 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6748 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6750 ;;;***
6752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21670 32331
6753 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
6754 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6756 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6757 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6758 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6759 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6760 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6761 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6762 table and its own syntax table.
6764 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6766 \(fn)" t nil)
6767 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6769 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6770 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6772 \(fn)" t nil)
6774 ;;;***
6776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21716 41663 456033
6777 ;;;;;; 27000))
6778 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6780 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6781 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6782 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6783 OpenDocument format).
6785 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6787 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6788 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6790 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6791 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6793 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6794 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6795 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6797 \(fn)" t nil)
6799 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6800 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6801 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6802 to the next best mode.
6804 \(fn)" nil nil)
6806 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6807 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6808 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6809 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6810 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6812 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6816 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6819 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6821 ;;;***
6823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21670 32331 385639
6824 ;;;;;; 720000))
6825 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6827 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6828 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6830 \(fn)" t nil)
6832 ;;;***
6834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
6835 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6837 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6838 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6839 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6840 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6841 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6843 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6844 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6848 ;;;***
6850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21841 54062 172628
6851 ;;;;;; 227000))
6852 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6853 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6855 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6856 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6858 \(fn)" t nil)
6860 ;;;***
6862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21907
6863 ;;;;;; 48688 657360 195000))
6864 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6866 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6868 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6869 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6870 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6871 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6872 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6874 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6875 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6876 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6877 and disables it otherwise.
6879 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6880 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6881 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6882 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6884 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6885 documenting what its argument does.
6887 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6888 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6889 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6890 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6891 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6892 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6893 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6894 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6896 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6897 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6898 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6899 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6900 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6901 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6902 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6903 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6904 the minor mode is global):
6906 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6907 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6908 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6909 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6910 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6911 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6912 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6913 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6914 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6915 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6916 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6917 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6918 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6919 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6920 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6921 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6922 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6923 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6924 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6925 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6926 in :variable).
6928 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6929 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6931 For example, you could write
6932 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6933 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6934 ...BODY CODE...)
6936 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6938 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6940 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
6942 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6944 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6946 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6947 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6948 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6949 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6950 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6951 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6952 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6953 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6954 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6955 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6956 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6957 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6959 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6960 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6961 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6962 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6963 call another major mode in their body.
6965 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6966 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6967 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6969 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6971 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6973 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6974 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6975 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6976 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6977 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6978 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6979 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6981 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6983 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6984 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6985 :inherit Parent keymap.
6986 :group Ignored.
6987 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6988 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6990 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6992 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6993 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6994 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6995 the constant's documentation.
6997 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6999 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7000 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7001 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7003 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7005 ;;;***
7007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21670
7008 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
7009 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7011 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7012 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7013 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7014 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7016 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7017 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7018 as a top-level menu bar item.
7020 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7021 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7022 pairs:
7024 :filter FUNCTION
7025 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7026 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7027 items to actually display.
7029 :visible INCLUDE
7030 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7031 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7032 alias for `:visible'.
7034 :active ENABLE
7035 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7036 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7037 an alias for `:active'.
7039 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7040 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7042 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7044 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7046 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7047 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7049 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7050 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7052 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7054 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7056 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7057 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7059 :keys KEYS
7060 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7061 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7062 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7063 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7065 :key-sequence KEYS
7066 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7067 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7068 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7069 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7071 :active ENABLE
7072 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7073 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7074 alias for `:active'.
7076 :visible INCLUDE
7077 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7078 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7079 `:visible'.
7081 :label FORM
7082 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7083 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7085 :suffix FORM
7086 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7087 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7089 :style STYLE
7090 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7091 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7092 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7094 :selected SELECTED
7095 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7096 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7098 :help HELP
7099 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7101 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7102 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7103 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7105 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7106 MENU. This is a submenu.
7108 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7110 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7112 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7115 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7117 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7118 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7119 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7120 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7122 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7124 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7125 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7126 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7127 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7128 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7129 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7131 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7132 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7133 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7135 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7136 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7137 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7139 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7140 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7142 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7144 ;;;***
7146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21670 32331
7147 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
7148 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7149 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7151 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7152 Customization for ebnf group.
7154 \(fn)" t nil)
7156 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7157 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7159 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7161 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7162 processed.
7164 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7166 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7168 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7169 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7171 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7172 killed after process termination.
7174 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7176 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7178 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7179 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7181 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7182 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7183 it to the printer.
7185 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7186 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7187 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7188 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7190 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7192 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7193 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7194 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7196 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7198 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7199 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7201 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7203 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7204 processed.
7206 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7208 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7210 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7211 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7213 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7214 killed after process termination.
7216 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7218 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7220 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7221 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7222 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7223 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7225 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7227 \(fn)" t nil)
7229 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7230 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7231 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7233 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7235 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7237 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7238 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7240 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7242 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7243 processed.
7245 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7247 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7249 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7250 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7252 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7253 killed after EPS generation.
7255 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7257 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7259 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7260 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7262 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7263 The EPS file name has the following form:
7265 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7267 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7268 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7270 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7271 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7272 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7273 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7274 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7276 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7277 files.
7279 \(fn)" t nil)
7281 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7282 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7284 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7285 The EPS file name has the following form:
7287 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7289 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7290 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7292 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7293 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7294 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7295 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7296 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7298 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7299 files.
7301 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7303 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7305 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7306 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7308 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7310 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7311 are processed.
7313 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7315 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7317 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7318 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7320 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7321 killed after syntax checking.
7323 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7325 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7327 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7328 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7330 \(fn)" t nil)
7332 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7333 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7335 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7337 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7338 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7340 \(fn)" nil nil)
7342 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7343 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7345 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7347 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7349 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7350 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7352 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7354 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7356 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7357 Delete style NAME.
7359 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7361 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7363 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7364 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7366 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7368 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7370 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7371 Set STYLE as the current style.
7373 Returns the old style symbol.
7375 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7377 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7379 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7380 Reset current style.
7382 Returns the old style symbol.
7384 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7386 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7388 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7389 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7391 Returns the old style symbol.
7393 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7395 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7397 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7399 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7400 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7402 Returns the old style symbol.
7404 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7406 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7408 \(fn)" t nil)
7410 ;;;***
7412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21670 32331
7413 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
7414 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7416 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7417 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7418 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7419 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7420 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7421 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7423 Tree mode key bindings:
7424 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7426 \(fn)" t nil)
7428 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7429 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7431 \(fn)" t nil)
7433 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7434 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7436 \(fn)" t nil)
7438 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7439 View declaration of member at point.
7441 \(fn)" t nil)
7443 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7444 Find declaration of member at point.
7446 \(fn)" t nil)
7448 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7449 View definition of member at point.
7451 \(fn)" t nil)
7453 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7454 Find definition of member at point.
7456 \(fn)" t nil)
7458 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7459 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7461 \(fn)" t nil)
7463 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7464 View definition of member at point in other window.
7466 \(fn)" t nil)
7468 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7469 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7471 \(fn)" t nil)
7473 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7474 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7476 \(fn)" t nil)
7478 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7479 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7481 \(fn)" t nil)
7483 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7484 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7486 \(fn)" t nil)
7488 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7489 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7490 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7491 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7492 completion.
7494 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7496 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7497 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7498 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7499 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7501 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7503 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7504 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7505 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7506 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7508 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7510 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7511 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7512 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7514 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7516 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7517 Search for call sites of a member.
7518 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7519 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7520 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7521 looks like a function call to the member.
7523 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7525 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7526 Move backward in the position stack.
7527 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7529 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7531 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7532 Move forward in the position stack.
7533 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7535 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7537 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7538 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7540 \(fn)" t nil)
7542 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7543 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7545 \(fn)" t nil)
7547 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7548 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7549 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7550 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7552 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7554 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7555 Display statistics for a class tree.
7557 \(fn)" t nil)
7559 ;;;***
7561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21670 32330 885624
7562 ;;;;;; 725000))
7563 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7565 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7566 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7567 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7568 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7569 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7570 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7571 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7573 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7575 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7576 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7577 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7578 also has this effect.
7579 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7580 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7581 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7582 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7583 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7584 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7585 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7586 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7587 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7588 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7590 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7592 ;;;***
7594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21670 32330 885624
7595 ;;;;;; 725000))
7596 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7598 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7599 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7600 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7602 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7604 ;;;***
7606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21670 32330
7607 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
7608 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7610 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7613 \(fn)" nil nil)
7615 ;;;***
7617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21834 29303 521933 754000))
7618 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7619 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7621 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7622 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7623 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7624 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7625 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7626 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7628 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7630 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7631 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7632 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7633 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7634 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7636 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7637 an EDE controlled project.
7639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7641 ;;;***
7643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21857 42300
7644 ;;;;;; 387957 585000))
7645 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7647 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7648 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7649 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7650 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7651 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7653 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7654 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7655 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7656 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7658 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7660 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7661 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7662 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7663 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7665 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7667 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7668 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7669 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7670 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7672 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7674 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7676 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7677 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7678 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7679 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7680 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7682 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7683 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7684 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7685 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7686 instrumented for Edebug.
7688 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7689 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7690 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7691 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7692 already is one.)
7694 \(fn)" t nil)
7696 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7697 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7699 \(fn)" t nil)
7701 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7702 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7704 \(fn)" t nil)
7706 ;;;***
7708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
7709 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7710 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7712 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7713 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7715 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7717 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7718 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7720 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7722 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7724 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7726 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7727 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7728 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7729 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7731 \(fn)" t nil)
7733 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7734 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7735 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7736 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7738 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7740 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7741 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7743 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7745 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7747 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7748 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7750 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7752 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7754 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7755 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7756 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7757 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7759 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7761 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7763 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7764 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7765 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7766 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7768 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7770 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7772 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7773 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7774 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7775 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7777 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7779 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7781 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7782 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7783 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7784 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7786 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7788 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7790 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7791 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7792 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7793 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7794 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7795 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7797 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7799 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7800 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7801 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7802 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7804 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7806 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7808 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7809 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7810 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7811 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7813 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7815 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7817 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7819 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7820 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7821 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7822 follows:
7823 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7824 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7826 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7828 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7829 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7830 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7831 follows:
7832 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7833 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7835 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7837 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7838 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7839 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7840 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7841 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7843 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7845 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7846 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7847 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7848 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7849 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7850 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7852 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7854 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7856 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7857 Merge two files without ancestor.
7859 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7861 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7862 Merge two files with ancestor.
7864 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7866 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7868 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7869 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7871 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7873 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7874 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7876 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7878 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7879 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7880 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7881 buffer.
7883 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7885 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7886 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7887 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7888 buffer.
7890 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7892 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7893 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7894 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7895 and don't ask the user.
7896 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7897 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7899 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7901 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7902 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7903 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7904 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7905 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7906 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7907 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7908 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7910 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7912 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7914 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7916 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7917 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7918 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7919 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7920 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7922 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7924 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7926 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7927 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7928 When called interactively, displays the version.
7930 \(fn)" t nil)
7932 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7933 Display Ediff's manual.
7934 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7936 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7938 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7941 \(fn)" nil nil)
7943 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7946 \(fn)" nil nil)
7948 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7951 \(fn)" nil nil)
7953 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7956 \(fn)" nil nil)
7958 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7961 \(fn)" nil nil)
7963 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7966 \(fn)" nil nil)
7968 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7971 \(fn)" nil nil)
7973 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7976 \(fn)" nil nil)
7978 ;;;***
7980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21870 54319
7981 ;;;;;; 247944 919000))
7982 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7984 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7987 \(fn)" t nil)
7989 ;;;***
7991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21670 32331
7992 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
7993 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7995 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7996 Display Ediff's registry.
7998 \(fn)" t nil)
8000 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8002 ;;;***
8004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21852 24382
8005 ;;;;;; 97237 703000))
8006 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
8008 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8009 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8010 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8011 which see.
8013 \(fn)" t nil)
8015 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8016 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8017 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8018 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8020 \(fn)" t nil)
8022 ;;;***
8024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21799 41766 961230
8025 ;;;;;; 875000))
8026 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8027 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8029 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8030 Edit a keyboard macro.
8031 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8032 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8033 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8034 its command name.
8035 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8037 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8039 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8040 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8042 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8044 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8045 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8047 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8049 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8050 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8051 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8052 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8053 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8054 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8056 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8057 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8058 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8059 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8061 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8063 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8064 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8065 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8066 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8067 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8068 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8070 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8072 ;;;***
8074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21670 32330 885624
8075 ;;;;;; 725000))
8076 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8078 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8079 Set scroll margins.
8080 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8081 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8083 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8085 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8086 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8088 \(fn)" t nil)
8090 ;;;***
8092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8093 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8095 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8096 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8097 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8098 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8099 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8100 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8101 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8103 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8104 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8106 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8107 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8108 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8109 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8111 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8112 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8113 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8115 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8116 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8117 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8119 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8121 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8124 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8126 ;;;***
8128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21891 60664
8129 ;;;;;; 847679 523000))
8130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8131 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8133 ;;;***
8135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21827
8136 ;;;;;; 47608 610495 897000))
8137 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8138 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8140 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8141 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8142 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8143 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8144 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8145 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8146 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8148 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8150 ;;;***
8152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21888 48869 288181
8153 ;;;;;; 796000))
8154 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8156 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8157 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8159 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8160 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8161 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8163 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8165 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8166 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8167 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8168 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8169 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8170 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8172 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8174 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8175 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8176 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8177 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8178 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8180 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8181 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8182 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8183 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8187 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8188 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8192 ;;;***
8194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21670 32330 885624
8195 ;;;;;; 725000))
8196 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8198 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8199 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8201 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8202 an elided material again.
8204 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8208 ;;;***
8210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21853 45243
8211 ;;;;;; 381515 341000))
8212 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8214 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8215 Lint the file FILE.
8217 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8219 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8220 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8221 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8223 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8225 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8226 Lint the current buffer.
8227 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8229 \(fn)" t nil)
8231 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8232 Lint the function at point.
8233 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8235 \(fn)" t nil)
8237 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8238 Initialize elint.
8239 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8240 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8242 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8244 ;;;***
8246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21670 32330 885624
8247 ;;;;;; 725000))
8248 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8250 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8251 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8252 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8254 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8256 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8257 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8258 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8259 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8261 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8263 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8264 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8265 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8267 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8269 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8271 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8272 Display current profiling results.
8273 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8274 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8275 displayed.
8277 \(fn)" t nil)
8279 ;;;***
8281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21670 32330 885624
8282 ;;;;;; 725000))
8283 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8285 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8286 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8287 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8288 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8289 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8290 ARG is omitted or nil.
8292 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8293 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8294 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8295 used instead.
8297 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8299 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8300 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8301 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8303 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8307 ;;;***
8309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21814 9129 290493
8310 ;;;;;; 495000))
8311 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8313 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8314 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8315 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8317 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8319 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8321 ;;;***
8323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21607 54478 800121
8324 ;;;;;; 42000))
8325 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8327 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8328 Run Emerge on two files.
8330 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8332 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8333 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8335 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8337 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8338 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8340 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8342 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8343 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8345 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8347 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8350 \(fn)" nil nil)
8352 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8355 \(fn)" nil nil)
8357 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8360 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8362 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8365 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8367 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8368 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8370 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8372 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8373 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8375 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8377 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8380 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8382 ;;;***
8384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21691 38459
8385 ;;;;;; 74604 918000))
8386 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8388 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8389 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8390 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8391 text/enriched format.
8393 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8394 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8395 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8397 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8399 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8400 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8402 Commands:
8404 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8408 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8411 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8413 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8416 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8418 ;;;***
8420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8421 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8423 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8424 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8426 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8428 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8429 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8431 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8433 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8434 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8435 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8436 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8437 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8438 the keys are listed.
8439 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8441 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8443 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8444 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8445 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8447 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8449 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8450 Verify FILE.
8452 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8454 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8455 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8457 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8459 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8460 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8462 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8464 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8465 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8467 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8468 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8469 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8470 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8472 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8473 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8474 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8475 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8476 should consider using the string based counterpart
8477 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8478 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8480 For example:
8482 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8483 (decode-coding-string
8484 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8485 'utf-8))
8487 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8489 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8490 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8492 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8493 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8495 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8497 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8499 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8500 Verify the current region between START and END.
8502 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8503 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8504 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8505 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8506 should consider using the string based counterpart
8507 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8508 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8510 For example:
8512 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8513 (decode-coding-string
8514 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8515 'utf-8))
8517 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8519 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8521 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8522 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8523 between START and END.
8525 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8526 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8528 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8530 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8532 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8533 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8535 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8536 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8537 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8538 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8539 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8540 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8542 For example:
8544 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8545 (epg-sign-string
8546 context
8547 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8549 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8551 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8553 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8554 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8556 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8557 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8558 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8559 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8560 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8561 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8563 For example:
8565 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8566 (epg-encrypt-string
8567 context
8568 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8569 nil))
8571 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8573 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8575 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8576 Delete selected KEYS.
8578 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8580 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8581 Import keys from FILE.
8583 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8585 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8586 Import keys from the region.
8588 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8590 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8591 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8592 between START and END.
8594 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8596 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8597 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8599 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8601 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8602 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8604 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8606 ;;;***
8608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21670 32330 885624
8609 ;;;;;; 725000))
8610 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8612 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8613 Decrypt marked files.
8615 \(fn)" t nil)
8617 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8618 Verify marked files.
8620 \(fn)" t nil)
8622 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8623 Sign marked files.
8625 \(fn)" t nil)
8627 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8628 Encrypt marked files.
8630 \(fn)" t nil)
8632 ;;;***
8634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21670 32330 885624
8635 ;;;;;; 725000))
8636 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8638 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8641 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8643 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8646 \(fn)" t nil)
8648 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8651 \(fn)" t nil)
8653 ;;;***
8655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21670 32330 885624
8656 ;;;;;; 725000))
8657 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8659 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8660 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8661 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8662 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8663 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8667 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8668 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8669 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8671 \(fn)" t nil)
8673 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8675 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8676 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8677 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8679 \(fn)" t nil)
8681 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8683 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8684 Sign the current buffer.
8685 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8687 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8689 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8691 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8692 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8693 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8694 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8695 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8696 and also whether and how to sign.
8698 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8699 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8700 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8702 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8704 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8706 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8707 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8708 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8710 \(fn)" t nil)
8712 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8714 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8715 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8716 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8717 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8718 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8719 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8721 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8723 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8724 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8725 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8726 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8727 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8731 ;;;***
8733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21890 39605 414073 663000))
8734 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8735 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8737 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8738 Return a context object.
8740 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8742 ;;;***
8744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21670 32330 885624
8745 ;;;;;; 725000))
8746 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8748 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8749 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8751 \(fn)" nil nil)
8753 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8754 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8756 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8758 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8759 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8761 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8763 ;;;***
8765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21907 48688 693360 195000))
8766 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8767 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8769 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8770 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8772 \(fn)" nil nil)
8774 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8775 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8776 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8778 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8780 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8781 (server (erc-compute-server))
8782 (port (erc-compute-port))
8783 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8784 password
8785 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8787 That is, if called with
8789 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8791 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8792 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8793 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8795 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8797 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8799 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8800 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8801 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8803 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8805 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8806 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8807 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8808 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8810 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8812 ;;;***
8814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21670
8815 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
8816 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8817 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8819 ;;;***
8821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21670 32330
8822 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8823 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8824 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8826 ;;;***
8828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21670 32330
8829 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8830 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8831 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8833 ;;;***
8835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21670 32330
8836 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8837 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8838 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8840 ;;;***
8842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21696 56380 925320
8843 ;;;;;; 624000))
8844 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8845 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8847 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8848 Parser for /dcc command.
8849 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8850 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8851 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8853 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8855 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8856 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8858 \(fn)" nil nil)
8860 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8861 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8863 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8864 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8865 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8866 that subcommand.
8868 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8870 ;;;***
8872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8873 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8874 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8875 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8877 ;;;***
8879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21855
8880 ;;;;;; 576 787951 155000))
8881 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8883 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8884 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8886 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8888 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8889 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8890 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8891 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
8893 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8895 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8898 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8900 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8901 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8903 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8905 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8906 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8908 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8910 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8911 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8913 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8915 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8916 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8918 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8920 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8921 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8923 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8925 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8926 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8928 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8930 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8931 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8933 \(fn)" nil nil)
8935 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8936 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8938 \(fn)" nil nil)
8940 ;;;***
8942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21670 32330 885624
8943 ;;;;;; 725000))
8944 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8945 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8947 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8948 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8949 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8951 \(fn)" nil nil)
8953 ;;;***
8955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21670 32330
8956 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8957 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8958 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8960 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8961 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8962 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8963 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8964 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8965 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8966 system.
8968 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8970 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8973 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8975 ;;;***
8977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21670 32330
8978 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8979 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8981 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8984 \(fn)" nil nil)
8986 ;;;***
8988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21670 32330 885624
8989 ;;;;;; 725000))
8990 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8991 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8993 ;;;***
8995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21670 32330 885624
8996 ;;;;;; 725000))
8997 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8998 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9000 ;;;***
9002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21670 32330 885624
9003 ;;;;;; 725000))
9004 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9005 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9007 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9008 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9009 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9010 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9011 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9012 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9014 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9016 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9017 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9018 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9019 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9021 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9022 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9023 automatically.
9025 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9026 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9028 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9030 ;;;***
9032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21670 32330
9033 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9034 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9035 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9037 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9038 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9040 \(fn)" t nil)
9042 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9043 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9045 \(fn)" t nil)
9047 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9048 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9050 \(fn)" t nil)
9052 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9053 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9055 \(fn)" t nil)
9057 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9058 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9060 \(fn)" t nil)
9062 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9063 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9065 \(fn)" t nil)
9067 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9068 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9070 \(fn)" t nil)
9072 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9073 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9075 \(fn)" t nil)
9077 ;;;***
9079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21670 32330 885624
9080 ;;;;;; 725000))
9081 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9082 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9084 ;;;***
9086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21670
9087 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9088 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9089 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9091 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9092 Show who's gone.
9094 \(fn)" nil nil)
9096 ;;;***
9098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21670
9099 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9100 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9102 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9103 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9104 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9105 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9107 \(fn)" nil nil)
9109 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9110 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9112 \(fn)" t nil)
9114 ;;;***
9116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21670 32330
9117 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9118 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9119 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9121 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9122 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9123 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9124 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9126 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9128 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9131 \(fn)" nil nil)
9133 ;;;***
9135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21670 32330 885624
9136 ;;;;;; 725000))
9137 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9138 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9140 ;;;***
9142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21855
9143 ;;;;;; 576 787951 155000))
9144 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9145 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9147 ;;;***
9149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21670 32330
9150 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9151 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9152 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9154 ;;;***
9156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21670 32330 885624
9157 ;;;;;; 725000))
9158 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9159 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9161 ;;;***
9163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21670
9164 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9165 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9166 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9168 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9169 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9171 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9173 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9174 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9175 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9177 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9179 ;;;***
9181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21670 32330
9182 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9183 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9184 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9186 ;;;***
9188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21670
9189 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9190 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9192 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9193 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9194 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9196 \(fn)" t nil)
9198 ;;;***
9200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21727
9201 ;;;;;; 11963 635339 992000))
9202 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9203 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9205 ;;;***
9207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21860 18496
9208 ;;;;;; 27951 644000))
9209 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9210 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9212 ;;;***
9214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21670 32330
9215 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9216 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9218 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9219 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9220 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9222 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9224 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9225 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9226 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9227 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9228 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9230 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9231 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9232 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9233 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9236 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9238 ;;;***
9240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21670
9241 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9242 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9243 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9245 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9246 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9247 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9248 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9250 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9252 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9253 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9254 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9256 \(fn)" t nil)
9258 ;;;***
9260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21670 32330 885624
9261 ;;;;;; 725000))
9262 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9263 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9265 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9266 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9268 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9270 ;;;***
9272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21870 18240 719373
9273 ;;;;;; 247000))
9274 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9276 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9277 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9279 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9280 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9282 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9283 useful for assertions in BODY.
9285 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9287 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9288 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9289 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9291 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9293 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9295 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9297 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9299 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9301 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9302 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9304 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9305 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9306 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9307 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9309 Returns the stats object.
9311 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9313 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9314 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9316 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9317 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9318 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9319 the tests).
9321 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9323 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9324 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9326 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9327 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9328 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9329 and how to display message.
9331 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9333 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9335 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9336 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9338 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9340 ;;;***
9342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21670 32330
9343 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9344 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9346 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9348 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9349 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9351 \(fn)" t nil)
9353 ;;;***
9355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21861 39358
9356 ;;;;;; 497944 643000))
9357 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9359 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9360 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9362 \(fn)" t nil)
9364 ;;;***
9366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21670 32330 885624
9367 ;;;;;; 725000))
9368 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9369 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9371 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9372 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9373 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9374 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9375 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9376 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9377 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9378 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9379 buffer selected (or created).
9381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9383 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9384 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9385 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9387 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9389 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9390 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9391 The result might be any Lisp object.
9392 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9393 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9394 corresponding to a successful execution.
9396 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9398 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9400 ;;;***
9402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21907 48688 773360
9403 ;;;;;; 195000))
9404 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9406 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9407 File name of tags table.
9408 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9409 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9410 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9411 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9412 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9414 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9415 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9416 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9417 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9419 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9421 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9422 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9423 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9424 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9425 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9426 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9428 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9430 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9431 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9432 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9434 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9436 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9437 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9438 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9439 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9440 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9442 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9444 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9445 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9446 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9447 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9449 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9451 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9452 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9453 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9454 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9455 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9457 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9459 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9460 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9462 \(fn)" t nil)
9464 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9465 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9466 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9467 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9469 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9470 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9471 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9472 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9473 file the tag was in.
9475 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9477 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9478 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9479 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9480 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9481 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9482 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9483 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9484 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9485 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9487 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9489 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9490 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9491 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9492 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9493 without directory names.
9495 \(fn)" nil nil)
9497 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9500 \(fn)" nil nil)
9501 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9502 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9503 (progn
9504 (load "etags")
9505 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9507 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9508 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9509 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9510 but does not select the buffer.
9511 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9513 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9514 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9515 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9516 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9517 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9519 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9521 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9522 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9523 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9525 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9527 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9529 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9530 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9531 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9532 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9534 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9535 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9536 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9537 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9538 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9540 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9542 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9543 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9544 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9546 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9548 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9550 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
9552 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9553 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9554 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9555 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9556 around or before point.
9558 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9559 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9560 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9561 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9562 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9564 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9566 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9567 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9568 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9570 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9572 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9574 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9576 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9577 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9578 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9579 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9580 around or before point.
9582 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9583 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9584 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9585 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9586 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9588 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9590 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9591 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9592 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9594 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9596 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9598 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9600 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9601 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9602 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9604 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9605 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9606 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9607 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9608 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9610 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9612 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9613 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9614 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9616 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9618 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9620 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9622 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9624 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9625 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9627 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9628 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9629 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9631 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9632 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9634 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9635 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9637 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9639 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9640 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9641 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9642 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9644 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9645 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9646 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9647 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9648 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9650 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9652 (make-obsolete 'tags-loop-continue '"use `xref-find-definitions' interface instead." '"25.1")
9654 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9655 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9656 Stops when a match is found.
9657 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9659 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9660 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9661 restricted to these files.
9663 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9665 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9667 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9668 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9669 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9670 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9671 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9672 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9673 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9674 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9676 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9677 produce the list of files to search.
9679 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9681 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9683 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9684 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9685 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9686 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9687 directory specification.
9689 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9691 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9692 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9694 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9696 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9698 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9699 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9700 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9701 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9703 \(fn)" t nil)
9705 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9706 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9707 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9708 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9709 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9711 \(fn)" t nil)
9713 (autoload 'etags-xref-find "etags" "\
9716 \(fn ACTION ID)" nil nil)
9718 ;;;***
9720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21862
9721 ;;;;;; 60209 768658 443000))
9722 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9724 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9727 \(fn)" nil nil)
9729 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9730 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9732 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9733 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9735 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9736 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9737 primary language.
9739 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9740 even if the buffer is read-only.
9742 See also the descriptions of the variables
9743 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9745 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9747 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9748 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9750 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9751 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9753 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9754 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9755 primary language.
9757 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9758 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9760 See also the descriptions of the variables
9761 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9763 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9765 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9766 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9767 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9768 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9770 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9772 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9773 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9774 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9775 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9777 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9778 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9779 primary language.
9781 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9782 buffer is read-only.
9784 See also the descriptions of the variables
9785 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9786 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9788 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9790 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9791 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9793 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9794 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9796 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9797 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9798 the primary language.
9800 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9801 buffer is read-only.
9803 See also the descriptions of the variables
9804 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9805 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9807 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9809 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9810 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9811 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9813 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9815 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9816 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9818 \(fn)" t nil)
9820 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9821 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9823 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9824 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9825 be 1, 2, or 3.
9827 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9828 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9829 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9831 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9833 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9835 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9836 This function is deprecated.
9838 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9840 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9841 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9843 \(fn)" t nil)
9845 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9846 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9848 \(fn)" t nil)
9850 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9851 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9853 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9854 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9856 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9857 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9859 \(fn)" nil nil)
9861 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9862 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9864 \(fn)" nil nil)
9866 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9867 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9869 \(fn)" nil nil)
9871 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9872 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9874 \(fn)" nil nil)
9876 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9877 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9878 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9880 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9882 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9885 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9887 ;;;***
9889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21799 41767 21224 988000))
9890 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9892 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9893 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9894 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9895 server for future sessions.
9897 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9899 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9900 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9901 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9903 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9905 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9906 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9907 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9909 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9911 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9912 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9913 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9914 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9915 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9916 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9917 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9918 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9919 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9920 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9921 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9922 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9924 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9926 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9927 Display a form to query the directory server.
9928 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9929 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9931 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9933 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9934 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9935 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9937 \(fn)" t nil)
9939 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9941 ;;;***
9943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21704 50495 455324
9944 ;;;;;; 752000))
9945 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9947 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9948 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9950 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9952 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9953 Display URL and make it clickable.
9955 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9957 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9958 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9960 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9962 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9963 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9965 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9967 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9968 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9970 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9972 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9973 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9975 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9977 ;;;***
9979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21794 23865
9980 ;;;;;; 772631 636000))
9981 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9983 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9984 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9985 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9987 \(fn)" t nil)
9989 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9990 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9992 \(fn)" t nil)
9994 ;;;***
9996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21704
9997 ;;;;;; 50495 455324 752000))
9998 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10000 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10001 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10003 \(fn)" t nil)
10005 ;;;***
10007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21670 32330 885624
10008 ;;;;;; 725000))
10009 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10011 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10012 Create an empty ewoc.
10014 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10016 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10017 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10018 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10019 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10020 `insert-before-markers'.
10022 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10023 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10024 respectively, of the ewoc.
10026 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10027 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10028 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10030 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10032 ;;;***
10034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21826 49851 770496 504000))
10035 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10037 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
10038 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
10039 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
10040 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
10041 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
10043 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
10045 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10046 Fetch URL and render the page.
10047 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10048 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10050 \(fn URL)" t nil)
10051 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
10053 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10054 Render FILE using EWW.
10056 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10058 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
10059 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
10060 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
10062 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
10064 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
10065 Mode for browsing the web.
10067 \(fn)" t nil)
10069 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10072 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10074 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
10075 Display the bookmarks.
10077 \(fn)" t nil)
10079 ;;;***
10081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21880
10082 ;;;;;; 39991 389803 616000))
10083 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10085 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10086 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10087 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10089 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10091 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10092 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10093 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10094 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10095 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10097 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10099 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10100 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10101 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10102 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10103 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10104 executable.
10106 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10108 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10109 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10110 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10111 file modes.
10113 \(fn)" nil nil)
10115 ;;;***
10117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
10118 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10120 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10121 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10122 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10123 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10125 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10127 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10128 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10129 to generate such functions.
10131 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10132 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10133 beginning of the expanded text.
10135 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10136 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10137 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10138 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10140 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10142 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10144 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10145 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10146 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10148 \(fn)" nil nil)
10150 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10151 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10152 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10154 \(fn)" t nil)
10156 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10157 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10158 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10160 \(fn)" t nil)
10161 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10162 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10164 ;;;***
10166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21880 42136 781803
10167 ;;;;;; 616000))
10168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10170 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10171 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10172 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10174 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10175 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10176 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10178 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10180 Key definitions:
10181 \\{f90-mode-map}
10183 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10185 `f90-do-indent'
10186 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10187 `f90-if-indent'
10188 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10189 `f90-type-indent'
10190 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10191 `f90-program-indent'
10192 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10193 (default 2).
10194 `f90-associate-indent'
10195 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10196 `f90-critical-indent'
10197 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10198 `f90-continuation-indent'
10199 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10200 `f90-comment-region'
10201 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10202 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10203 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10204 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10205 (default \"!\").
10206 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10207 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10208 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10209 `f90-break-delimiters'
10210 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10211 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10212 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10213 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10214 (default t).
10215 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10216 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10217 `f90-smart-end'
10218 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10219 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10220 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10221 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10222 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10223 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10224 `f90-leave-line-no'
10225 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10227 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10228 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10230 \(fn)" t nil)
10232 ;;;***
10234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21888 47150 706945
10235 ;;;;;; 440000))
10236 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10238 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10239 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10240 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10241 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10243 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10244 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10245 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10246 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10247 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10249 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10250 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10251 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10252 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10253 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10254 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10255 attributes.
10257 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10258 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10260 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10262 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10263 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10264 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10265 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10267 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10269 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10270 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10271 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10272 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10274 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10275 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10276 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10278 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10279 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10280 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
10281 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10283 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10285 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10286 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10287 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10289 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10290 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10291 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10292 the same amount).
10294 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10296 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10297 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10298 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10300 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10301 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10302 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10303 will remove any scaling currently active.
10305 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10307 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10308 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10309 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10311 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10312 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10313 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10314 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10315 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10317 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10318 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10320 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10322 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10323 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10325 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10326 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10327 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10329 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10330 the face height as long as the input event read
10331 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10333 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10334 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10335 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10336 will remove any scaling currently active.
10338 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10339 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10340 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10341 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10342 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10344 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10346 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10347 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10348 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10349 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10350 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10351 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10355 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10356 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10357 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10358 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10359 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10360 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10361 `buffer-face-mode'.
10363 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10364 local, and sets it to FACE.
10366 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10368 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10369 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10370 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10371 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10372 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10373 `face' text property.
10375 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10376 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10377 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10378 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10380 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10381 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10383 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10385 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10386 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10387 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10388 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10392 ;;;***
10394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21607 54478
10395 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
10396 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10397 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10399 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10400 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10401 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10402 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10404 \(fn)" nil nil)
10406 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10407 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10411 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10412 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10413 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10414 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10416 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10418 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10419 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10420 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10421 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10422 backup file names and the like).
10424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10426 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10427 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10428 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10429 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10430 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10431 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10432 internally by feedmail):
10434 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10435 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10436 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10437 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10439 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10440 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10441 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10442 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10443 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10445 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10447 ;;;***
10449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21837 20508 21231 579000))
10450 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10452 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10453 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10454 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10455 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10456 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10457 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10458 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10460 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10462 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10463 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10464 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10465 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10466 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10467 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10468 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10470 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10472 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10474 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10475 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10476 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10477 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10478 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10479 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10481 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10483 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10484 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10485 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10486 Return value:
10487 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10488 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10489 * otherwise, nil
10491 \(fn E)" t nil)
10493 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10494 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10495 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10497 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10499 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10500 Try to get a file name at point.
10501 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10503 \(fn)" nil nil)
10505 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10506 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10508 \(fn)" t nil)
10510 ;;;***
10512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21740 23998 26747
10513 ;;;;;; 125000))
10514 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10516 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10517 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10518 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10519 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10521 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10523 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10524 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10525 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10526 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10527 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10528 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10530 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10532 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10533 Add FILE to the file cache.
10535 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10537 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10538 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10539 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10541 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10543 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10544 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10545 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10547 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10549 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10550 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10551 This function does not use any external programs.
10552 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10553 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10554 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10556 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10558 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10559 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10560 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10561 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10562 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10563 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10564 \(directories) is done.
10566 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10568 ;;;***
10570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21704 50495 455324
10571 ;;;;;; 752000))
10572 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10574 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10575 Handle file system monitoring event.
10576 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10578 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE COOKIE) CALLBACK)
10580 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10582 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10584 ;;;***
10586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21880 40973 57803 616000))
10587 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10589 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10590 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10592 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10593 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10594 Local Variables list.
10596 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10597 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10598 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10600 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10602 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10603 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10605 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10607 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10608 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10610 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10611 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10612 the -*- line.
10614 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10615 then this function adds it.
10617 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10619 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10620 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10622 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10624 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10625 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10627 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10629 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10630 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10632 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10634 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10635 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10637 \(fn)" t nil)
10639 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10640 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10642 \(fn)" t nil)
10644 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10645 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10647 \(fn)" t nil)
10649 ;;;***
10651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21670 32330 885624
10652 ;;;;;; 725000))
10653 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10655 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10656 Filesets initialization.
10657 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10659 \(fn)" nil nil)
10661 ;;;***
10663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21670 32330 885624
10664 ;;;;;; 725000))
10665 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10666 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10668 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10669 Initiate the building of a find command.
10670 For example:
10672 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10673 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10674 (mtime \"+1\"))
10675 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10677 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10678 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10680 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10682 ;;;***
10684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21670 32330 885624
10685 ;;;;;; 725000))
10686 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10688 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10689 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10690 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10692 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10694 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10695 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10697 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10699 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10700 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10701 and run Dired on those files.
10702 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10703 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10705 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10707 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10709 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10711 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10712 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10713 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10715 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10716 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10718 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10719 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10721 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10723 ;;;***
10725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21670 32330 885624
10726 ;;;;;; 725000))
10727 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10729 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10730 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10731 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10732 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10733 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10734 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10735 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10737 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10739 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10740 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10741 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10743 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10745 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10747 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10749 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10750 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10751 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10753 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10754 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10756 Variables of interest include:
10758 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10759 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10760 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10762 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10763 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10764 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10766 - `ff-ignore-include'
10767 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10769 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10770 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10772 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10773 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10775 - `ff-special-constructs'
10776 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10777 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10778 extracting the filename from that construct.
10780 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10781 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10783 - `ff-search-directories'
10784 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10785 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10787 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10788 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10790 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10791 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10793 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10794 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10796 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10797 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10799 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10800 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10802 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10804 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10805 Visit the file you click on.
10807 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10809 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10810 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10812 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10814 ;;;***
10816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21895
10817 ;;;;;; 57521 598301 332000))
10818 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10820 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10821 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10822 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10824 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10826 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10827 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10828 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10829 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10831 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10832 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10833 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10834 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10836 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10838 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10839 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10841 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10842 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10843 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10844 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10846 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10847 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10848 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10850 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10851 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10852 in `load-path'.
10854 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10856 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10857 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10859 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10860 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10861 places point before the definition.
10862 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10864 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10865 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10866 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10868 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10870 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10871 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10873 See `find-function' for more details.
10875 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10877 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10878 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10880 See `find-function' for more details.
10882 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10884 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10885 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10887 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10888 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10889 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10891 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10892 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10894 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10896 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10897 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10899 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10900 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10901 places point before the definition.
10903 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10905 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10906 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10907 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10909 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10911 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10912 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10914 See `find-variable' for more details.
10916 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10918 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10919 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10921 See `find-variable' for more details.
10923 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10925 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10926 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10927 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10928 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10929 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10930 buffer nor display it.
10932 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10933 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10935 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10937 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10938 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10940 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10941 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10942 places point before the definition.
10944 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10946 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10947 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10948 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10950 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10952 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10953 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10954 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10956 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10958 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-window "find-func" "\
10959 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
10960 See `find-function-on-key'.
10962 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10964 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-frame "find-func" "\
10965 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
10966 See `find-function-on-key'.
10968 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10970 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10971 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10973 \(fn)" t nil)
10975 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10976 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10978 \(fn)" t nil)
10980 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10981 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10983 \(fn)" nil nil)
10985 ;;;***
10987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21670 32330 885624
10988 ;;;;;; 725000))
10989 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10991 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10992 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10994 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10996 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10997 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10999 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11001 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11002 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
11004 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11006 ;;;***
11008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21874 386 410923 336000))
11009 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11010 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
11012 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11013 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11015 \(fn)" t nil)
11017 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11018 Display FILE's commentary section.
11019 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11021 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11023 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11024 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11026 \(fn)" t nil)
11028 ;;;***
11030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21670 32330 885624
11031 ;;;;;; 725000))
11032 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11034 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11035 Toggle flow control handling.
11036 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11037 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11039 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11041 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11042 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11043 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11044 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11045 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11046 to get the effect of a C-q.
11048 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11050 ;;;***
11052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21670 32330
11053 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11054 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11056 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11059 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11061 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11064 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11066 ;;;***
11068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21907 48688
11069 ;;;;;; 777360 195000))
11070 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11071 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11073 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11074 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11075 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11076 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11077 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11078 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11082 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11083 Turn flymake mode on.
11085 \(fn)" nil nil)
11087 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11088 Turn flymake mode off.
11090 \(fn)" nil nil)
11092 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11095 \(fn)" nil nil)
11097 ;;;***
11099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21750 59840
11100 ;;;;;; 704617 663000))
11101 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11103 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11104 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11106 \(fn)" t nil)
11107 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11109 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11110 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11111 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11112 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11113 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11115 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11116 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11117 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11119 Bindings:
11120 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11121 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11122 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11123 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11125 Hooks:
11126 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11128 Remark:
11129 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11130 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11131 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11133 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11134 consider adding:
11135 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11136 in your init file.
11138 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11139 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11143 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11144 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11146 \(fn)" nil nil)
11148 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11149 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11151 \(fn)" nil nil)
11153 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11154 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11156 \(fn)" nil nil)
11158 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11159 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11161 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11163 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11164 Flyspell whole buffer.
11166 \(fn)" t nil)
11168 ;;;***
11170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21824 11953 672190
11171 ;;;;;; 35000))
11172 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11173 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11175 ;;;***
11177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
11178 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11180 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11181 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11183 \(fn)" nil nil)
11185 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11186 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11188 \(fn)" nil nil)
11190 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11191 Toggle Follow mode.
11192 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11193 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11194 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11196 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11197 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11199 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11200 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11201 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11203 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11204 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11205 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11206 movement commands.
11208 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11209 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11210 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11211 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11212 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11213 mileage may vary).
11215 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11216 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11218 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11220 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11222 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11223 \\{follow-mode-map}
11225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11227 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11228 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11230 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11231 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11232 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11233 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11234 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11235 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11237 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11238 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11239 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11243 ;;;***
11245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21814 9129 310503
11246 ;;;;;; 742000))
11247 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11248 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11250 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11251 Toggle Footnote mode.
11252 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11253 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11254 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11256 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11257 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11258 play around with the following keys:
11259 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11263 ;;;***
11265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21852 24381 567240 49000))
11266 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11268 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11269 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11271 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11272 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11273 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11274 C-c < forms-first-record <
11275 C-c > forms-last-record >
11276 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11277 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11278 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11279 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11280 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11281 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11282 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11283 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11284 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11285 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11287 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11289 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11290 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11292 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11294 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11295 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11297 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11299 ;;;***
11301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21670 32331
11302 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
11303 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11305 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11306 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11307 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11309 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11310 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11312 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11314 Key definitions:
11315 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11317 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11319 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11320 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11321 `fortran-do-indent'
11322 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11323 `fortran-if-indent'
11324 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11325 `fortran-structure-indent'
11326 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11327 (default 3)
11328 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11329 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11330 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11331 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11332 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11333 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11334 nil don't change the indentation
11335 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11336 value of either
11337 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11338 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11339 depending on the continuation format in use.
11340 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11341 indentation for a line of code.
11342 (default 'fixed)
11343 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11344 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11345 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11346 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11347 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11348 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11349 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11350 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11351 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11352 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11353 column 5.
11354 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11355 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11356 statements (default nil).
11357 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11358 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11359 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11360 `fortran-continuation-string'
11361 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11362 line (default \"$\").
11363 `fortran-comment-region'
11364 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11365 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11366 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11367 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11368 as typed (default t).
11369 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11370 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11372 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11373 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11375 \(fn)" t nil)
11377 ;;;***
11379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21670 32331 385639
11380 ;;;;;; 720000))
11381 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11383 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11384 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11386 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11387 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11389 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11391 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11392 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11394 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11395 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11397 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11399 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11400 Compile fortune file.
11402 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11403 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11405 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11407 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11408 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11410 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11411 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11412 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11413 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11415 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11417 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11418 Display a fortune cookie.
11419 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11420 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11421 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11422 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11424 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11426 ;;;***
11428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21799 41766 981374
11429 ;;;;;; 972000))
11430 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11432 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11433 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11434 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11436 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11437 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11438 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11440 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11441 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11443 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11444 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11446 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11447 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11448 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11449 intend to modify existing values, do
11451 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11453 before changing anything.
11455 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11456 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11458 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11459 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11460 to restore the frame.
11462 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11463 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11464 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11466 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11467 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11468 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11469 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11470 FILTER A filter function.
11472 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11473 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11475 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11477 where
11479 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11480 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11481 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11482 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11483 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11484 before restoring it.
11485 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11487 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11488 It must return:
11489 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11490 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11491 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11493 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11494 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11496 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11497 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11498 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11499 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11500 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11501 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11502 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11504 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11506 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11507 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11509 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11511 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11512 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11513 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11514 If nil, check all live frames.
11516 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11518 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11519 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11520 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11521 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11522 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11523 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11524 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11525 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11526 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11527 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11528 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11530 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11532 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11533 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11535 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11536 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11537 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11538 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11539 and window-state is not restored.
11541 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11542 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11544 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11545 t All existing frames can be reused.
11546 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11547 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11548 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11549 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11551 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11552 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11553 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11554 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11555 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11556 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11557 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11558 be created from that parameter alist.
11560 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11561 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11562 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11563 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11564 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11565 - the live frame just restored,
11566 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11567 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11568 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11570 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11571 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11572 nil Keep all frames.
11573 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11574 - FRAME, a live frame.
11575 - ACTION, which can be one of
11576 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11577 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11578 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11579 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11580 Return value is ignored.
11582 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11583 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11584 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11585 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11586 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11588 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11590 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11592 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11593 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11594 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11596 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11598 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11599 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11600 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11602 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11604 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11605 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11606 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11607 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11609 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11611 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11613 ;;;***
11615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21720 38720
11616 ;;;;;; 956749 443000))
11617 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11618 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11620 ;;;***
11622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21852 24381
11623 ;;;;;; 917233 10000))
11624 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11626 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11627 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11628 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11630 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11632 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11633 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11634 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11635 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11636 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11637 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11638 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11642 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11643 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11644 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11645 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11647 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11648 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11649 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11650 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11651 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11653 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11654 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11655 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11656 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11658 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11659 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11660 shown in some of the buffers.
11662 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11664 The following commands help control operation :
11666 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11667 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11669 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11670 detailed description of this mode.
11673 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11674 | GDB Toolbar |
11675 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11676 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11677 | | |
11678 | | |
11679 | | |
11680 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11681 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11682 | | (comint-mode) |
11683 | | |
11684 | | |
11685 | | |
11686 | | |
11687 | | |
11688 | | |
11689 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11690 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11691 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11692 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11693 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11694 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11696 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11698 ;;;***
11700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21670 32330
11701 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11702 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11704 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11705 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11706 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11707 instead (which see).")
11709 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11710 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11712 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11713 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11714 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11715 documentation string instead.
11717 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11718 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11719 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11720 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11721 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11722 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11723 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11724 enders are actually possible.
11726 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11727 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11729 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11730 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11731 `font-lock-keywords'.
11733 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11734 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11735 runs the macro expansion.
11737 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11738 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11739 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11741 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11743 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11745 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11747 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11749 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11750 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11752 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11754 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11755 Enter generic mode MODE.
11757 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11758 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11759 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11761 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11762 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11764 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11766 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11767 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11768 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11769 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11770 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11771 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11772 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11773 `font-lock-keywords'.
11775 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11777 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11779 ;;;***
11781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21670 32331
11782 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
11783 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11785 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11786 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11787 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11788 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11789 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11790 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11794 ;;;***
11796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21670 32330
11797 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11798 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11800 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11801 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11802 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11804 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11806 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11807 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11809 Guideline for numbers:
11810 1 - error messages
11811 3 - non-serious error messages
11812 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11813 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11814 9 - messages inside loops.
11816 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11818 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11819 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11820 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11822 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11824 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11825 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11827 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11829 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11830 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11832 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11833 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11834 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11835 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11836 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11837 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11839 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11840 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11841 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11842 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11843 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11845 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11847 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11849 ;;;***
11851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
11852 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11853 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11854 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11855 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11857 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11858 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11862 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11863 Read network news.
11864 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11865 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11866 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11867 name of an NNTP server to use.
11868 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11869 server.
11871 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11873 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11874 Read news as a slave.
11876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11878 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11879 Pop up a frame to read news.
11880 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11881 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11882 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11883 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11884 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11885 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11886 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11887 current display is used.
11889 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11891 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11892 Read network news.
11893 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11894 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11895 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11897 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11899 ;;;***
11901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21670 32330
11902 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11903 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11905 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11906 Start Gnus unplugged.
11908 \(fn)" t nil)
11910 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11911 Start Gnus plugged.
11913 \(fn)" t nil)
11915 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11916 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11920 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11921 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11923 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11924 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11925 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11927 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11928 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11929 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11931 \(fn)" t nil)
11933 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11934 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11936 \(fn)" nil nil)
11938 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11939 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11940 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11941 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11942 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11943 supported.
11945 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11947 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11948 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11949 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11950 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11951 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11952 supported.
11954 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11956 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11957 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11959 \(fn)" nil nil)
11961 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11962 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11963 downloaded into the agent.
11965 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11967 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11968 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11969 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11970 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11972 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11974 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11975 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11977 \(fn)" t nil)
11979 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11980 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11982 \(fn)" t nil)
11984 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11985 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11986 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11988 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11990 ;;;***
11992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21870 54319
11993 ;;;;;; 237944 669000))
11994 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11996 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11997 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11999 \(fn)" nil nil)
12001 ;;;***
12003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21670
12004 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
12005 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12007 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
12008 Set a bookmark for this article.
12010 \(fn)" t nil)
12012 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12013 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12015 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12017 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12018 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12019 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12020 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12021 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12023 \(fn)" t nil)
12025 ;;;***
12027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21670 32330
12028 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12029 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12031 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12032 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12034 Usage:
12035 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12037 \(fn)" t nil)
12039 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12040 Generate the cache active file.
12042 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12044 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12045 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12047 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12049 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12050 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12051 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12052 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12053 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12054 supported.
12056 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12058 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12059 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12060 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12061 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12062 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12063 supported.
12065 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12067 ;;;***
12069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21670 32330
12070 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12071 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12073 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12074 Delay this article by some time.
12075 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12077 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12078 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12080 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12081 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12083 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12084 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12086 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12088 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12089 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12091 \(fn)" t nil)
12093 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12094 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12095 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12096 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12098 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12099 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12101 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12103 ;;;***
12105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21670 32330
12106 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12107 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12109 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12112 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12114 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12117 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12119 ;;;***
12121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21670 32330
12122 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12123 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12125 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12126 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12128 \(fn)" t nil)
12130 ;;;***
12132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21670 32330
12133 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12136 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12137 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12139 \(fn)" t nil)
12141 ;;;***
12143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21670 32330
12144 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12145 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12147 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12148 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12150 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12152 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12154 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12155 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12157 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12159 \(fn)" t nil)
12161 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12162 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12164 \(fn)" t nil)
12166 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12167 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12169 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12170 different input formats.
12172 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12174 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12175 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12177 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12178 different input formats.
12180 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12182 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12183 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12184 The PNG is returned as a string.
12186 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12188 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12189 Convert FILE to a Face.
12190 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12191 726 bytes.
12193 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12195 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12196 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12198 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12200 \(fn)" t nil)
12202 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12203 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12205 \(fn)" nil nil)
12207 ;;;***
12209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21670
12210 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
12211 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12213 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12214 Display gravatar in the From header.
12215 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12217 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12219 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12220 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12221 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12223 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12225 ;;;***
12227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21852 24381
12228 ;;;;;; 597233 80000))
12229 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12231 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12232 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12233 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12234 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12236 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12238 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12239 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12241 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12243 ;;;***
12245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21670 32330
12246 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12247 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12249 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12252 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12254 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12257 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12259 ;;;***
12261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21670 32330
12262 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12263 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12265 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12267 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12268 Run batched scoring.
12269 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12271 \(fn)" t nil)
12273 ;;;***
12275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21670 32330 885624
12276 ;;;;;; 725000))
12277 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12279 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12282 \(fn)" nil nil)
12284 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12285 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12286 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12288 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12290 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12291 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12293 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12297 ;;;***
12299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21670 32330
12300 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12303 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12304 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12305 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12306 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12307 group parameters.
12309 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12310 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12311 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12312 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12314 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12315 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12316 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12317 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12318 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12319 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12320 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12321 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12322 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12323 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12325 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12327 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12328 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12329 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12330 nil CATCH-ALL).
12332 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12333 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12335 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12337 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12338 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12339 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12341 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12343 \(fn)" nil nil)
12345 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12346 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12347 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12349 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12351 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12352 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12353 existing groups are considered.
12355 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12356 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12357 returned.
12359 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12360 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12361 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12362 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12363 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12364 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12365 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12366 clauses will be generated.
12368 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12369 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12370 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12371 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12372 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12373 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12375 For example, given the following group parameters:
12377 nnml:mail.bar:
12378 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12379 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12380 nnml:mail.foo:
12381 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12382 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12383 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12384 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12385 nnml:mail.others:
12386 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12388 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12390 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12391 \"mail.bar\")
12392 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12393 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12394 \"mail.others\")
12396 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12398 ;;;***
12400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21725 56638
12401 ;;;;;; 795320 63000))
12402 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12404 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12405 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12406 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12407 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12408 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12409 instead.
12411 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12413 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12414 Mail to ADDRESS.
12416 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12418 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12419 Like `message-reply'.
12421 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12423 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12425 ;;;***
12427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12428 ;;;;;; (21757 29489 158925 687000))
12429 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12431 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12432 Send a notification on new message.
12433 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12434 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12435 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12437 This is typically a function to add in
12438 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12440 \(fn)" nil nil)
12442 ;;;***
12444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21670 32330
12445 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12446 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12448 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12449 Display picons in the From header.
12450 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12452 \(fn)" t nil)
12454 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12455 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12456 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12458 \(fn)" t nil)
12460 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12461 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12462 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12464 \(fn)" t nil)
12466 ;;;***
12468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21670 32330
12469 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12470 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12472 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12473 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12474 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12475 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12477 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12479 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12480 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12481 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12482 LIST1 is modified.
12484 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12486 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12487 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12488 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12490 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12492 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12495 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12497 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12498 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12499 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12501 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12503 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12504 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12505 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12507 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12509 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12511 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12512 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12513 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12515 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12517 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12518 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12519 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12521 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12523 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12524 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12525 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12527 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12529 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12530 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12532 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12534 ;;;***
12536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21774
12537 ;;;;;; 38574 225319 550000))
12538 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12540 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12541 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12543 \(fn)" t nil)
12545 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12546 Install the registry hooks.
12548 \(fn)" t nil)
12550 ;;;***
12552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21670 32330
12553 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12554 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12556 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12557 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12558 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12559 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12560 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12561 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12563 \(fn)" t nil)
12565 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12566 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12567 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12568 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12569 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12571 \(fn)" t nil)
12573 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12576 \(fn)" t nil)
12578 ;;;***
12580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21670 32330
12581 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12582 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12584 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12585 Update the format specification near point.
12587 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12589 ;;;***
12591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21716 41663
12592 ;;;;;; 456033 27000))
12593 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12595 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12596 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12598 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12600 ;;;***
12602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21855 576 897951
12603 ;;;;;; 62000))
12604 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12606 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12607 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12608 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12610 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12612 ;;;***
12614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21832 3452
12615 ;;;;;; 581913 198000))
12616 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12618 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12619 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12621 \(fn)" t nil)
12623 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12624 Install the sync hooks.
12626 \(fn)" t nil)
12628 ;;;***
12630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21670 32330
12631 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12632 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12634 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12635 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12637 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12639 ;;;***
12641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21670 32331 385639
12642 ;;;;;; 720000))
12643 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12645 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12646 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12647 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12648 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12649 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12650 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12652 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12654 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12656 ;;;***
12658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21670 32331 385639
12659 ;;;;;; 720000))
12660 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12662 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12663 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12665 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12666 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12667 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12669 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12670 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12671 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12673 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12674 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12676 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12677 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12679 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12681 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12683 ;;;***
12685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21670 32331
12686 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
12687 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12689 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12691 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12692 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12693 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12694 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12695 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12697 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12699 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12700 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12701 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12702 or to send e-mail.
12703 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12704 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12706 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12707 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12709 \(fn)" t nil)
12710 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12712 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12713 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12714 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12715 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12716 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12720 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12721 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12725 ;;;***
12727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21670 32330
12728 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12729 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12731 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12732 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12733 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12735 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12737 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12738 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12740 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12742 ;;;***
12744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21903 51634 290370
12745 ;;;;;; 580000))
12746 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12748 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12749 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12751 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12753 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12754 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12755 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12756 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12757 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12759 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12760 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12761 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12763 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12765 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12766 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12767 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12768 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12769 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12771 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12773 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12774 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12776 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12778 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12779 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12781 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12782 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12783 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12785 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12786 The default find program.
12787 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12788 and others.")
12790 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12791 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12792 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12793 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12795 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12796 How to invoke find and grep.
12797 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12798 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12799 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12800 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12802 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12804 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12805 History list for grep.")
12807 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12808 History list for grep-find.")
12810 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12811 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12812 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12814 \(fn)" nil nil)
12816 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12819 \(fn)" nil nil)
12821 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12822 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12824 \(fn)" nil nil)
12826 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12827 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12828 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12829 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12830 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12832 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12833 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12835 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12836 can easily repeat a grep command.
12838 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12839 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12840 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12841 list is empty).
12843 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12845 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12846 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12847 Collect output in a buffer.
12848 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12849 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12851 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12852 easily repeat a find command.
12854 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12856 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12858 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12859 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12860 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12861 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12862 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12864 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12865 before it is executed.
12866 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12868 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12869 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12870 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12872 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12874 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12876 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12877 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12878 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12879 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12880 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12882 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12883 before it is executed.
12884 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12886 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12887 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12888 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12889 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12891 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12893 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12894 to specify a command to run.
12896 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12898 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12899 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12900 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12901 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12903 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12905 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12907 ;;;***
12909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
12910 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12912 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12913 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12914 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12915 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12916 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12918 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12920 ;;;***
12922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21769 20661 366048
12923 ;;;;;; 601000))
12924 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12926 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12927 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12928 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12929 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12931 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12933 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12934 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12935 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12936 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12938 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12940 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12941 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12942 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12943 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12945 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12947 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12948 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12949 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12950 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12952 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12953 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12955 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12957 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12958 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12959 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12960 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12962 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12964 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12965 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12966 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12967 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12969 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12971 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
12972 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12973 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12974 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12976 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12978 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12979 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12980 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12981 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12982 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12984 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12985 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12986 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12987 original source file access method.
12989 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12990 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12992 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12994 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12995 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12997 \(fn)" t nil)
12999 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
13000 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
13001 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13002 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13003 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13004 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
13006 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
13008 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
13009 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
13010 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
13011 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13012 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
13014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13016 ;;;***
13018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21750 59840 206034
13019 ;;;;;; 761000))
13020 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
13022 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
13023 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
13024 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
13025 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
13026 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
13027 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
13028 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
13029 set it to.
13030 DO must return an Elisp expression.
13032 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
13034 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
13035 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
13036 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
13037 of PLACE.
13038 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
13039 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
13040 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
13041 and SETTER.
13042 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
13043 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
13045 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
13047 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13049 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
13050 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13051 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13052 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13053 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13055 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
13057 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13059 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
13062 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
13064 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
13066 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
13068 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
13069 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13070 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13071 well for simple place forms.
13072 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13073 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13074 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13075 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13076 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13077 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13078 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13080 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13082 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13084 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13085 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13086 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13087 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13088 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13090 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13091 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13092 (let ((temp VAL))
13093 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13094 temp)
13095 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13097 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13099 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13100 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13101 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13102 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13103 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13104 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13106 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13108 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13110 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13111 Return a reference to PLACE.
13112 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13113 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13114 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
13115 binding mode.
13117 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13119 ;;;***
13121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21852 24381
13122 ;;;;;; 887244 288000))
13123 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13125 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13126 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13127 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13128 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13130 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13131 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13132 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13133 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13135 \(fn)" t nil)
13137 ;;;***
13139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21799 41767 31221
13140 ;;;;;; 635000))
13141 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13143 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13144 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13146 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13148 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13149 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13150 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13151 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13153 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13155 \(fn)" t nil)
13157 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13158 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13159 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13160 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13161 to be updated.
13163 \(fn)" t nil)
13165 ;;;***
13167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21670 32331
13168 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
13169 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13171 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13172 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13174 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13176 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13177 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13178 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13180 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13182 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13183 Verify a hashcash payment
13185 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13187 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13188 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13189 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13190 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13191 `mail-add-payment-async').
13193 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13195 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13196 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13197 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13198 Calculation is asynchronous.
13200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13202 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13203 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13204 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13208 ;;;***
13210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21670 32331 385639
13211 ;;;;;; 720000))
13212 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13214 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13215 Return the help-echo string at point.
13216 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13217 property, or nil, is returned.
13218 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13219 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13220 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13222 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13224 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13225 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13226 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13227 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13228 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13230 \(fn)" nil nil)
13232 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13233 Display local help in the echo area.
13234 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13235 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13236 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13237 printed instead.
13239 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13240 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13241 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13245 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13246 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13247 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13249 \(fn)" t nil)
13251 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13252 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13253 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13255 \(fn)" t nil)
13257 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13258 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13259 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13260 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13261 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13262 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13263 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13264 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13265 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13266 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13267 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13269 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13270 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13271 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13272 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13273 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13275 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13276 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13277 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13278 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13279 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13280 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13281 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13282 The default is `never'.")
13284 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13286 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13287 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13288 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13289 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13290 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13291 considered different regions.
13293 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13294 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13295 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13296 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13297 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13298 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13299 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13300 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13301 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13303 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13305 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13306 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13307 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13308 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13309 different regions.
13311 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13312 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13313 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13314 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13315 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13316 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13317 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13318 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13320 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13321 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13322 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13323 rarely happens in practice.
13325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13327 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13328 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13329 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13330 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13331 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13332 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13336 ;;;***
13338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21891 60465 919679
13339 ;;;;;; 523000))
13340 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13342 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13343 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13345 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13347 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13348 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13349 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13351 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13353 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13354 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13355 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13356 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13357 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13358 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13359 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13361 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13362 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13363 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13364 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13365 suitable file is found, return nil.
13367 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13369 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13372 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13374 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13375 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13376 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13377 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13379 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13381 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13382 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13383 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13384 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13385 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13386 it is displayed along with the global value.
13388 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13390 (autoload 'describe-function-or-variable "help-fns" "\
13391 Display the full documentation of the function or variable SYMBOL.
13392 If SYMBOL is a variable and has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13393 \(default to the current buffer and current frame), it is displayed along
13394 with the global value.
13396 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13398 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13399 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13400 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13401 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13403 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13405 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13406 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13407 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13408 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13409 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13411 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13413 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13414 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13416 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13418 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13419 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13421 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13423 ;;;***
13425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21670 32331 385639
13426 ;;;;;; 720000))
13427 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13429 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13430 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13431 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13432 window listing and describing the options.
13433 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13434 gives the window that lists the options.")
13436 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13438 ;;;***
13440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21891 60465 919679
13441 ;;;;;; 523000))
13442 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13444 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13445 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13446 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13447 Commands:
13448 \\{help-mode-map}
13450 \(fn)" t nil)
13452 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13455 \(fn)" nil nil)
13457 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13460 \(fn)" nil nil)
13462 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13463 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13465 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13466 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13467 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13468 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13470 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13471 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13472 restore it properly when going back.
13474 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13476 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13477 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13478 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13479 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13480 from `help-mode'.
13481 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13482 it does not already exist.
13484 \(fn)" nil nil)
13486 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13487 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13489 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13490 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13491 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13492 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13493 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13494 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13495 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13496 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13498 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13499 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13500 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13501 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13503 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13504 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13505 that.
13507 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13509 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13510 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13511 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13512 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13513 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13514 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13516 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13518 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13519 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13520 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13521 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13522 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13524 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13526 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13527 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13529 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13531 (autoload 'help-xref-interned "help-mode" "\
13532 Follow a hyperlink which appeared to be an arbitrary interned SYMBOL.
13533 Both variable, function and face documentation are extracted into a single
13534 help buffer. If SYMBOL is a variable, include buffer-local value for optional
13535 BUFFER or FRAME.
13537 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" nil nil)
13539 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13540 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13541 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13542 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13544 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13546 ;;;***
13548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21670 32330
13549 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
13550 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13552 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13553 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13555 \(fn)" t nil)
13557 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13558 Provide help for current mode.
13560 \(fn)" t nil)
13562 ;;;***
13564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21695 35516 595262 313000))
13565 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13567 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13568 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13569 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13570 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13571 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13573 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13574 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13576 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13577 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13578 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13579 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13581 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13582 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13583 periods.
13585 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13586 in hexl format.
13588 A sample format:
13590 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13591 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13592 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13593 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13594 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13595 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13596 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13597 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13598 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13599 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13600 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13601 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13602 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13603 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13604 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13606 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13607 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13608 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13610 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13611 also supported.
13613 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13615 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13616 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13617 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13619 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13620 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13621 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13623 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13624 into the buffer at the current point.
13626 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13627 into the buffer at the current point.
13629 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13630 into the buffer at the current point.
13632 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13634 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13635 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13637 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13639 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13643 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13644 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13645 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13646 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13648 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13650 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13651 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13652 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13654 \(fn)" t nil)
13656 ;;;***
13658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21741 1161 438890 423000))
13659 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13661 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13662 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13663 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13664 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13665 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13667 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13668 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13669 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13670 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13672 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13673 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13674 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13675 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13677 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13678 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13679 which can be called interactively, are:
13681 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13682 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13684 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13685 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13686 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13687 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13689 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13690 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13692 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13693 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13694 available face automatically.
13696 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13697 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13699 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13700 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13701 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13702 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13703 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13704 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13705 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13706 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13707 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13708 function returns t.
13710 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13711 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13713 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13714 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13715 form:
13716 Hi-lock: FOO
13718 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13719 position (number of characters into buffer)
13720 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13721 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13722 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13726 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13727 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13728 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13729 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13730 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13731 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13733 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13735 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13736 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13737 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13738 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13739 ARG is omitted or nil.
13741 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13742 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13743 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13747 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13749 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13750 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13751 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13752 Use the global history list for FACE.
13754 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13755 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13756 highlighting will not update as you type.
13758 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13760 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13762 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13763 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13764 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13765 Use the global history list for FACE.
13767 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13768 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13769 highlighting will not update as you type.
13771 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13773 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13775 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13776 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13777 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13778 Use the global history list for FACE.
13780 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13781 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13782 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13784 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13785 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13786 highlighting will not update as you type.
13788 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13790 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13792 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13793 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13794 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13795 unless you use a prefix argument.
13796 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13798 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13799 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13801 \(fn)" t nil)
13803 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13805 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13806 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13807 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13808 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13809 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13810 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13812 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13814 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13815 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13817 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13818 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13819 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13821 \(fn)" t nil)
13823 ;;;***
13825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21799 41767
13826 ;;;;;; 51222 992000))
13827 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13829 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13830 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13831 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13832 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13833 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13835 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13836 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13837 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13838 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13840 `hide-ifdef-env'
13841 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13842 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13843 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13844 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13845 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13846 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13847 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13849 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13850 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13851 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13852 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13853 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13855 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13856 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13857 #endif lines when hiding.
13859 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13860 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13861 is activated.
13863 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13864 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13865 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13867 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13871 ;;;***
13873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21670 32331
13874 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
13875 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13877 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13878 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13879 Each element has the form
13880 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13882 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13883 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13885 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13886 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13888 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13889 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13890 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13891 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13892 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13893 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13895 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13896 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13898 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13899 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13901 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13902 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13903 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13905 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13906 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13907 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13908 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13909 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13911 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13912 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13913 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13915 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13916 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13917 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13919 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13920 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13922 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13924 Key bindings:
13925 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13929 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13930 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13932 \(fn)" nil nil)
13934 ;;;***
13936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21670 32331 385639
13937 ;;;;;; 720000))
13938 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13940 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13941 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13942 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13943 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13944 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13946 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13947 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13948 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13949 this on and off.
13951 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13952 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13953 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13954 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13955 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13956 through various faces.
13957 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13958 buffer with the contents of a file
13959 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13963 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13964 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13965 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13966 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13967 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13969 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13970 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13971 in a distinctive face.
13973 The default value can be customized with variable
13974 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13976 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13980 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13981 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13982 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13984 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13986 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13987 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13989 \(fn)" t nil)
13991 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13992 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13994 \(fn)" t nil)
13996 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13997 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13999 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
14000 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
14001 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
14002 shown in the last face in the list.
14004 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
14005 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
14006 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
14008 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
14010 \(fn)" t nil)
14012 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
14013 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
14015 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
14017 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
14018 to save the file.
14020 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
14021 written to a temporary file for comparison.
14023 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14024 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14025 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14027 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
14029 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
14030 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
14032 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
14033 this function is called interactively.
14035 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
14036 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
14037 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
14039 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14040 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14041 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14043 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
14045 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
14046 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
14047 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14048 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14049 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14050 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
14052 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
14054 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14055 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
14056 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
14057 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
14058 ARG is omitted or nil.
14060 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
14061 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
14062 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
14064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14066 ;;;***
14068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21850 34968 457268
14069 ;;;;;; 630000))
14070 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14071 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
14073 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14074 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14075 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14076 or insert functions in this list.")
14078 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14080 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14081 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14082 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14083 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14084 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14085 expansions.
14086 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14087 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14088 undoes the expansion.
14090 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14092 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14093 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14094 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14095 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14097 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14099 ;;;***
14101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21670 32331 385639
14102 ;;;;;; 720000))
14103 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14105 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14106 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14107 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14108 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14109 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14111 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14112 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14113 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14114 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14115 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14116 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14118 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14119 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14120 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14121 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14125 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14126 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14127 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14128 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14129 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14130 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14132 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14134 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14135 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14136 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14137 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14138 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14140 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14141 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14142 windows.
14144 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14145 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14149 ;;;***
14151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21670 32330
14152 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
14153 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14155 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14156 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14157 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14159 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14161 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14163 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14164 Oriental holidays.
14165 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14167 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14169 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14171 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14172 Local holidays.
14173 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14175 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14177 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14179 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14180 User defined holidays.
14181 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14183 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14185 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14187 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14188 Jewish holidays.
14189 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14191 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14193 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14195 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14196 Christian holidays.
14197 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14199 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14201 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14203 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14204 Islamic holidays.
14205 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14207 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14209 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14211 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14212 Bahá'í holidays.
14213 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14215 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14217 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14219 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14220 Sun-related holidays.
14221 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14223 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14225 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14227 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14229 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14230 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14231 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14232 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14236 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14237 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14238 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14239 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14240 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14242 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14243 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14245 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14246 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14248 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14249 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14250 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14251 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14252 of a holiday list.
14254 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14256 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14258 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14260 ;;;***
14262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21670 32330
14263 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
14264 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14266 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14267 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14269 \(fn)" t nil)
14271 ;;;***
14273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21794 23865
14274 ;;;;;; 762631 503000))
14275 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14276 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14278 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14279 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14280 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14281 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14282 as possible.
14284 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14285 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14286 fontified display.
14288 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14289 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14291 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14292 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14293 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14295 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14297 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14298 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14299 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14301 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14303 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14305 ;;;***
14307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21670 32331 385639
14308 ;;;;;; 720000))
14309 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14311 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14312 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14314 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14315 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14316 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14318 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14319 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14320 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14321 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14322 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14323 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14325 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14326 title of the column.
14328 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14329 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14330 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14331 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14332 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14334 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14336 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14338 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14339 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14340 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14341 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14342 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14344 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14345 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14346 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14348 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14350 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14352 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14354 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14355 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14356 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14357 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14358 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14359 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14361 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14362 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14363 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14364 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14365 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14366 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14367 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14368 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14369 values are:
14370 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14371 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14372 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14373 buffer's modification flag.
14374 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14375 prompted before performing this operation.
14376 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14377 operation is complete, in the form:
14378 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14379 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14380 confirmation message, in the form:
14381 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14382 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14383 macro for exactly what it does.
14385 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14387 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14389 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14391 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14392 Define a filter named NAME.
14393 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14394 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14395 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14397 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14398 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14399 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14400 bound to the current value of the filter.
14402 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14404 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14406 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14408 ;;;***
14410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21855 577 47945 133000))
14411 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14413 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14414 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14415 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14416 buffers which are visiting a file.
14418 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14420 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14421 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14422 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14423 buffers which are visiting a file.
14425 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14427 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14428 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14429 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14431 All arguments are optional.
14432 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14433 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14434 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14435 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14436 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14437 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14438 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14439 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14440 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14441 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14442 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14443 that value locally in this buffer.
14445 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14447 ;;;***
14449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21795
14450 ;;;;;; 44704 594368 994000))
14451 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14452 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14454 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14455 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14456 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14457 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14459 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14461 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14462 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14463 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14464 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14465 ICAL-FILENAME.
14466 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14467 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14468 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14470 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14472 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14473 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14474 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14475 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14476 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14477 non-marking or not.
14479 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14481 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14482 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14484 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14485 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14486 DIARY-FILE.
14488 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14489 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14490 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14492 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14493 non-marking.
14495 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14496 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14497 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14499 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14501 ;;;***
14503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21852 24381 607274
14504 ;;;;;; 219000))
14505 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14507 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14508 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14509 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14510 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14511 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14512 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14514 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14516 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14517 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14518 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14519 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14520 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14522 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14523 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14524 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14525 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14527 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14528 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14530 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14531 completions:
14533 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14536 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14537 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14538 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14539 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14541 ;;;***
14543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21670 32331 385639
14544 ;;;;;; 720000))
14545 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14547 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14548 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14549 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14550 Tab indents for Icon code.
14551 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14552 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14553 \\{icon-mode-map}
14554 Variables controlling indentation style:
14555 icon-tab-always-indent
14556 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14557 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14558 icon-auto-newline
14559 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14560 inserted in Icon code.
14561 icon-indent-level
14562 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14563 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14564 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14565 icon-continued-statement-offset
14566 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14567 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14568 icon-continued-brace-offset
14569 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14570 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14571 icon-brace-offset
14572 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14573 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14574 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14575 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14577 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14578 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14580 \(fn)" t nil)
14582 ;;;***
14584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21855
14585 ;;;;;; 577 397944 786000))
14586 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14588 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14589 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14590 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14591 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14593 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14594 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14595 separate frames.
14597 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14598 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14600 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14601 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14602 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14604 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14606 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14608 ;;;***
14610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21862 60209
14611 ;;;;;; 838658 475000))
14612 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14613 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14615 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14616 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14618 The main features of this mode are
14620 1. Indentation and Formatting
14621 --------------------------
14622 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14623 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14625 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14626 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14627 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14628 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14630 Comments are indented as follows:
14632 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14633 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14634 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14636 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14638 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14639 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14640 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14641 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14642 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14643 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14645 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14646 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14647 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14648 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14650 2. Routine Info
14651 ------------
14652 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14653 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14654 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14655 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14656 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14657 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14658 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14659 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14660 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14661 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14663 3. Online IDL Help
14664 ---------------
14666 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14667 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14668 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14669 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14671 4. Completion
14672 ----------
14673 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14674 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14675 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14676 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14677 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14678 upper case.
14680 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14681 --------------------------------
14682 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14683 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
14685 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14686 \\fu FUNCTION template
14687 \\c CASE statement template
14688 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14689 \\f FOR loop template
14690 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14691 \\w WHILE loop template
14692 \\i IF statement template
14693 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14694 \\b BEGIN
14696 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14697 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14699 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14700 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14701 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14702 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14704 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14705 -------------------------
14706 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14707 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14709 7. Automatic END completion
14710 ------------------------
14711 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14712 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14714 8. Hooks
14715 -----
14716 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14717 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14719 9. Documentation and Customization
14720 -------------------------------
14721 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14722 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14723 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14724 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14725 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14726 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14728 10.Keybindings
14729 -----------
14730 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14731 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14732 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14734 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14736 \(fn)" t nil)
14738 ;;;***
14740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21862 60209 728658 929000))
14741 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14743 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14744 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14745 The following values are possible:
14746 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14747 displaying...)
14748 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14749 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14750 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14752 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14753 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14755 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14757 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14758 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14759 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14760 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14761 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14762 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14763 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14764 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14765 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14769 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14770 Switch to another buffer.
14771 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14772 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14773 in another frame.
14775 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14776 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14777 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14778 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14779 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14781 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14782 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14784 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14786 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14787 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14788 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14789 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14790 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14791 in a separate window.
14792 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14793 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14794 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14795 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14796 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14797 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14798 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14799 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14800 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14802 \(fn)" t nil)
14804 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14805 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14806 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14807 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14809 \(fn)" t nil)
14811 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14812 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14813 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14814 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14816 \(fn)" t nil)
14818 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14819 Kill a buffer.
14820 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14821 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14823 \(fn)" t nil)
14825 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14826 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14827 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14828 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14830 \(fn)" t nil)
14832 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14833 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14834 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14835 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14837 \(fn)" t nil)
14839 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14840 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14842 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14844 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14845 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14846 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14847 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14848 in another frame.
14850 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14851 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14852 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14853 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14854 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14855 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14857 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14858 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14860 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14862 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14863 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14864 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14865 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14866 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14867 in a separate window.
14868 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14869 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14870 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14871 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14872 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14873 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14874 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14875 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14876 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14877 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14878 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14879 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14880 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14881 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14882 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14883 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14884 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14885 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14887 \(fn)" t nil)
14889 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14890 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14891 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14892 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14894 \(fn)" t nil)
14896 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14897 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14898 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14899 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14901 \(fn)" t nil)
14903 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14904 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14905 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14906 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14908 \(fn)" t nil)
14910 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14911 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14912 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14913 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14915 \(fn)" t nil)
14917 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14918 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14919 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14920 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14922 \(fn)" t nil)
14924 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14925 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14926 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14927 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14929 \(fn)" t nil)
14931 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14932 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14933 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14934 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14936 \(fn)" t nil)
14938 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14939 Write current buffer to a file.
14940 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14941 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14943 \(fn)" t nil)
14945 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14946 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14947 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14948 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14950 \(fn)" t nil)
14952 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14953 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14954 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14955 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14957 \(fn)" t nil)
14959 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14960 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14961 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14962 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14963 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14964 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14966 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14968 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14969 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14970 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14971 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14973 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14975 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14976 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14977 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14978 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14980 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14982 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14983 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14984 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14985 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14986 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14987 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14988 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14989 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14990 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14991 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14992 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14993 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14994 with point positioned at the end.
14995 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14996 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14998 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
15000 ;;;***
15002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21855 577 47945 133000))
15003 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15005 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
15006 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15007 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15008 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
15010 \(fn)" t nil)
15012 ;;;***
15014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
15015 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15017 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
15019 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15020 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
15021 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
15022 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15023 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
15024 \\{iimage-mode-map}
15026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15028 ;;;***
15030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
15031 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15033 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15034 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15035 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15036 be determined.
15038 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15040 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15041 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15042 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15043 be determined.
15045 \(fn)" nil nil)
15047 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15048 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15049 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15050 be determined.
15052 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15054 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15055 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15056 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15057 be determined.
15059 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15061 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15062 Determine and return image type.
15063 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15064 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15065 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15066 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15067 use its file extension as image type.
15068 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15070 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15072 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15073 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15074 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15076 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15078 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15079 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15080 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15082 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15083 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15084 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15085 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15086 must be available.
15088 \(fn)" nil nil)
15090 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15091 Create an image.
15092 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15093 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15094 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15095 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15096 use its file extension as image type.
15097 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15098 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15099 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15100 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15102 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15104 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15105 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15106 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15108 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15110 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15111 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15112 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15113 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15114 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15115 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15116 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15117 POS may be an integer or marker.
15118 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15119 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15120 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15121 means display it in the right marginal area.
15123 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15125 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15126 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15127 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15128 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15129 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15130 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15131 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15132 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15133 means display it in the right marginal area.
15134 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15135 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15136 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15137 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15138 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15140 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15142 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15143 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15144 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15145 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15146 STRING is a single space.
15147 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15148 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15149 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15150 means display it in the right marginal area.
15151 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15153 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15155 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15156 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15157 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15158 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15160 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15162 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15163 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15165 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15167 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15168 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15169 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15170 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15171 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15172 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15173 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15174 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15175 satisfied.
15177 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15179 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15181 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15183 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15184 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15186 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15187 documentation string.
15189 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15190 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15191 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15192 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15193 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15194 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15195 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15196 define SYMBOL.
15198 Example:
15200 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15201 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15203 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15205 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15207 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15208 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15209 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15210 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15212 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15213 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15214 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15215 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15217 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15219 \(fn)" nil nil)
15221 ;;;***
15223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21670 32331
15224 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
15225 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15226 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15228 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15229 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15230 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15231 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15232 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15233 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15237 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15238 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15240 Convenience command that:
15242 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15243 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15244 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15246 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15247 image files in dired and type
15248 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15250 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15252 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15253 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15255 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15257 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15258 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15259 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15260 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15261 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15262 another one).
15264 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15265 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15266 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15268 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15269 instead of erasing it first.
15271 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15272 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15273 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15274 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15275 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15276 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15278 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15280 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15281 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15282 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15283 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15284 displayed.
15286 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15288 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15290 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15292 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15293 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15295 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15297 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15298 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15299 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15301 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15303 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15304 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15306 \(fn)" t nil)
15308 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15309 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15310 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15311 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15313 \(fn)" t nil)
15315 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15316 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15318 \(fn)" t nil)
15320 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15321 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15323 \(fn)" t nil)
15325 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15326 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15328 \(fn)" t nil)
15330 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15331 Display current image file.
15332 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15333 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15337 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15338 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15340 \(fn)" t nil)
15342 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15343 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15344 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15345 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15346 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15347 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15348 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15350 \(fn)" t nil)
15352 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15353 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15354 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15355 easy-to-use form.
15357 \(fn)" t nil)
15359 ;;;***
15361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21670 32331 385639
15362 ;;;;;; 720000))
15363 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15365 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15366 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15367 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15368 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15370 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15371 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15372 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15373 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15375 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15377 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15378 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15379 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15380 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15382 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15383 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15384 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15385 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15387 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15389 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15390 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15392 \(fn)" nil nil)
15394 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15395 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15396 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15397 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15399 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15401 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15402 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15403 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15404 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15405 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15406 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15408 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15410 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15411 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15412 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15413 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15414 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15416 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15417 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15418 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15422 ;;;***
15424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21716 41663 456033
15425 ;;;;;; 27000))
15426 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15428 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15429 Major mode for image files.
15430 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15431 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15433 Key bindings:
15434 \\{image-mode-map}
15436 \(fn)" t nil)
15438 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15439 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15440 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15441 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15442 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15444 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15445 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15446 actual image.
15448 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15450 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15451 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15452 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15453 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15454 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15455 to display an image file as the actual image.
15457 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15458 to display an image file as text initially.
15460 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15461 on these modes.
15463 \(fn)" t nil)
15465 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15468 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15470 ;;;***
15472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
15473 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15475 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15476 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15478 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15480 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15481 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15482 in the buffer.
15484 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15486 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15487 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15488 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15490 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15492 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15493 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15494 Each element of this list should have the form
15496 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15498 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15499 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15500 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15501 matches are put).
15502 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15503 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15504 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15505 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15506 another element.
15507 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15508 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15509 the menu item.
15510 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15511 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15512 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15513 the ARGUMENTS.
15515 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15516 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15517 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15519 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15520 create a buffer index.
15522 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15523 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15524 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15525 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15526 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15528 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15530 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15531 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15533 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15534 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15535 called within a `save-excursion'.
15537 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15539 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15541 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15542 Function for finding the next index position.
15544 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15545 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15546 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15547 file.
15549 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15550 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15552 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15554 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15555 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15557 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15558 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15559 It should return the name for that index item.")
15561 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15563 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15564 Function to compare string with index item.
15566 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15567 non-nil if they match.
15569 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15570 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15571 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15572 arguments match\".")
15574 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15576 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15577 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15578 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15580 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15581 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15583 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15585 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15587 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15588 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15589 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15590 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15592 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15594 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15595 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15597 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15599 \(fn)" t nil)
15601 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15602 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15603 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15604 for more information.
15606 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15608 ;;;***
15610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21670 32331
15611 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
15612 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15614 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15615 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15617 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15619 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15622 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15624 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15627 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15629 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15632 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15634 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15635 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15637 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15639 ;;;***
15641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21887 31404
15642 ;;;;;; 272735 656000))
15643 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15645 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15646 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15647 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15648 to that buffer.
15649 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15650 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15651 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15652 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15654 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15656 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15658 ;;;***
15660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21887 28748 899667 16000))
15661 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15663 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15664 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15665 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15666 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15667 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15668 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15669 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15670 first in this list.
15672 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15673 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15674 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15675 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15676 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15678 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15679 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15680 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15682 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15683 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15685 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15686 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15688 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15689 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15690 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15691 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15692 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15693 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15694 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15695 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15696 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15697 with the top-level Info directory.
15699 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15700 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15702 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15704 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15705 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15706 in all the directories in that path.
15708 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15710 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15712 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15713 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15715 \(fn)" t nil)
15717 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15718 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15720 \(fn)" t nil)
15722 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15723 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15724 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15725 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15727 \(fn)" nil nil)
15729 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15730 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15731 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15732 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15734 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15736 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15737 Go to the Info directory node.
15739 \(fn)" t nil)
15741 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15742 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15743 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15744 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15745 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15746 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15748 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15750 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15751 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15752 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15754 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15756 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15757 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15758 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15759 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15760 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15762 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15764 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15765 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15766 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15767 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15768 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15770 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15771 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15773 Selecting other nodes:
15774 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15775 Follow a node reference you click on.
15776 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15777 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15778 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15779 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15780 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15781 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15782 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15783 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15784 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15785 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15786 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15787 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15788 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15789 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15790 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15791 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15792 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15793 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15794 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15795 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15797 Moving within a node:
15798 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15799 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15800 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15801 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15802 move up to the parent node.
15803 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15804 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15805 if there is none.
15806 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15808 Advanced commands:
15809 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15810 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15811 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15812 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15813 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15814 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15815 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15816 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15817 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15818 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15819 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15820 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15821 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15822 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15823 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15824 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15826 \(fn)" t nil)
15827 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15829 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15830 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15831 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15832 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15833 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15834 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15836 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15837 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15839 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15840 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15841 KEY is a string.
15842 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15843 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15844 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15845 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15847 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15849 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15850 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15851 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15853 \(fn)" t nil)
15855 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15856 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15857 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15859 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15861 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15862 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15863 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15864 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
15865 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
15866 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
15868 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15870 ;;;***
15872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21862 60209 738095
15873 ;;;;;; 873000))
15874 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15876 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15877 Throw away all cached data.
15878 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15879 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15880 system.
15882 \(fn)" t nil)
15883 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15885 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15886 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15887 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15888 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15889 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15890 one found at point.
15892 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15894 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15895 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15897 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15898 Display the documentation of a file.
15899 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15900 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15901 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15902 The default file name is the one found at point.
15904 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15906 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15908 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15909 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15911 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15913 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15914 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15916 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15918 ;;;***
15920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21670 32331 385639
15921 ;;;;;; 720000))
15922 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15923 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15925 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15926 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15927 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15928 current info file is the default.
15930 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15931 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15932 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15933 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15934 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15936 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15937 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15938 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15939 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15940 mistake in the reference.
15942 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15943 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15944 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15946 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15947 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15948 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15949 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15951 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15953 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15954 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15955 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15956 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15957 checked.
15959 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15960 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15961 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15962 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15963 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15964 should be harmless.
15966 \(fn)" t nil)
15968 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15969 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15970 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15971 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15973 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15974 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15975 and can take a long time.
15977 \(fn)" t nil)
15979 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15980 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15981 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15983 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15985 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15986 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15988 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15989 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15990 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15991 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15992 all builtins).
15994 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15995 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15996 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15997 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15998 the sources handy.
16000 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
16002 ;;;***
16004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21670 32331 385639
16005 ;;;;;; 720000))
16006 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
16008 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
16009 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
16011 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
16013 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
16014 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
16016 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
16018 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
16019 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
16020 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
16021 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
16023 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
16024 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
16025 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
16027 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
16028 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
16029 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
16030 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
16032 \(fn)" t nil)
16034 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
16035 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
16036 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
16038 \(fn)" t nil)
16040 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
16041 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
16042 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
16043 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16044 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16046 \(fn)" nil nil)
16048 ;;;***
16050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (21670 32330
16051 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16052 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
16054 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
16057 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
16059 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
16061 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
16063 ;;;***
16065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21670 32330
16066 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16067 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
16068 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16070 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
16071 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
16072 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
16074 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
16076 ;;;***
16078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21670
16079 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16080 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16082 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16083 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16085 \(fn)" t nil)
16087 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16088 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16090 \(fn)" t nil)
16092 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16095 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16097 ;;;***
16099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21767 65327 504606
16100 ;;;;;; 256000))
16101 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16102 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16104 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16105 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16106 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16107 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16108 accessed via isearchb.
16110 \(fn)" t nil)
16112 ;;;***
16114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21670
16115 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16116 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16118 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16119 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16120 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16121 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16122 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16124 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16126 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16127 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16128 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16129 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16130 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16132 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16134 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16135 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16136 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16137 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16138 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16140 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16142 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16143 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16144 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16145 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16146 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16148 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16150 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16151 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16152 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16153 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16154 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16156 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16158 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16159 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16160 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16161 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16162 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16164 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16166 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16167 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16168 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16169 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16170 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16172 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16174 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16175 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16176 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16177 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16179 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16181 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16182 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16183 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16184 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16186 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16188 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16189 Warn that format is read-only.
16191 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16193 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16194 Warn that format is write-only.
16196 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16198 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16199 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16201 \(fn)" t nil)
16203 ;;;***
16205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16206 ;;;;;; (21840 19142 552627 956000))
16207 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16208 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16209 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16211 ;;;***
16213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21855 577 527945
16214 ;;;;;; 248000))
16215 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16217 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16219 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16220 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16221 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16222 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16223 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16225 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16227 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16229 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16230 Key map for ispell menu.")
16232 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16233 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16234 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16235 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16237 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16239 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16241 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16243 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16245 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16246 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16247 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16248 Valid forms include:
16249 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16250 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16251 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16252 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16254 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16255 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16256 First list is used raw.
16257 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16259 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16260 for skipping in latex mode.")
16262 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16263 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16264 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16265 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16266 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16267 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16268 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16270 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16271 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16272 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16273 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16275 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16276 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16277 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16278 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16279 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16281 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16282 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16284 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16285 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16287 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16288 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16290 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16291 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16293 Return values:
16294 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16295 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16296 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16297 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16298 quit spell session exited.
16300 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16302 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16303 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16304 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16306 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16308 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16309 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16311 Selections are:
16313 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16314 SPC: Accept word this time.
16315 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16316 `a': Accept word for this session.
16317 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16318 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16319 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16320 `?': Show these commands.
16321 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16322 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16323 the aborted check to be completed later.
16324 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16325 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16326 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16327 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16328 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16329 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16330 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16332 \(fn)" nil nil)
16334 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16335 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16336 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16337 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16339 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16341 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16342 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16343 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16344 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16346 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16348 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16350 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16351 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16352 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16353 amount for last line processed.
16355 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16357 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16358 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16360 \(fn)" t nil)
16362 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16363 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16365 \(fn)" t nil)
16367 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16368 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16369 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16371 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16373 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16374 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16376 \(fn)" t nil)
16378 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16379 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16380 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16381 sequence inside of a word.
16383 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16385 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16387 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16388 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16390 \(fn)" t nil)
16392 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16393 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16394 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16395 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16397 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16398 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16399 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16400 available on the net.
16402 \(fn)" t nil)
16404 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16405 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16406 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16407 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16408 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16410 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16411 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16412 spelled.
16414 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16415 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16416 SPC.
16418 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16419 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16423 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16424 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16425 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16426 Don't check included messages.
16428 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16429 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16430 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16432 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16433 in your init file:
16434 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16435 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16436 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16437 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16439 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16440 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16441 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16443 \(fn)" t nil)
16445 ;;;***
16447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21670
16448 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16449 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16451 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16454 \(fn)" nil nil)
16456 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16457 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16458 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16459 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16460 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16461 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16462 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16463 necessary to represent OBJ.
16465 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16467 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16468 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16469 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16470 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16472 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16474 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16475 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16476 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16477 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16478 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16480 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16482 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16483 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16484 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16485 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16487 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16489 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16490 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16491 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16492 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16494 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16496 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16497 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16499 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16501 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16502 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16503 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16504 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16505 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16507 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16509 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16510 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16511 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16512 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16513 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16515 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16517 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16518 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16519 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16521 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16523 ;;;***
16525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21670 32331 385639
16526 ;;;;;; 720000))
16527 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16529 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16530 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16531 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16532 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16534 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16537 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16539 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16540 Uninstall jka-compr.
16541 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16542 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16543 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16545 \(fn)" nil nil)
16547 ;;;***
16549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21833 59993 694773
16550 ;;;;;; 201000))
16551 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16552 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16554 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16555 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16557 \(fn)" t nil)
16558 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16560 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16562 ;;;***
16564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21779 56495 106033 935000))
16565 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16566 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16568 ;;;***
16570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21670 32330
16571 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16572 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16574 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16575 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16576 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16577 decimal key must be specified.")
16579 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16581 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16582 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16583 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16584 decimal key must be specified.")
16586 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16588 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16589 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16590 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16591 decimal key must be specified.")
16593 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16595 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16596 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16597 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16598 decimal key must be specified.")
16600 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16602 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16603 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16604 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16605 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16606 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16607 keys are bound.
16609 Setup Binding
16610 -------------------------------------------------------------
16611 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16612 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16613 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16614 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16615 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16616 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16617 in the global and local keymaps.
16619 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16620 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16622 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16624 ;;;***
16626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21670
16627 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16628 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16630 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16631 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16632 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16634 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16635 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16636 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16637 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16638 shorter.
16640 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16641 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16642 the context of text formatting.
16644 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16646 ;;;***
16648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21670 32331 385639
16649 ;;;;;; 720000))
16650 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16652 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16653 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16654 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16655 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16656 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16657 positions that contains the current selection.")
16659 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16660 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16661 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16662 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16663 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16664 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16665 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16667 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16669 ;;;***
16671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16672 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16673 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16674 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16675 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16676 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16677 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16678 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16679 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16681 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16682 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16683 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16685 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16687 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16688 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16689 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16690 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16691 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16693 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16695 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16696 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16697 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16699 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16700 defining the macro.
16702 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16703 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16704 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16706 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16707 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16709 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16711 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16712 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16713 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16714 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16715 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16716 under that name.
16718 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16719 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16720 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16722 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16724 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16725 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16726 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16727 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16729 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16730 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16731 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16732 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16734 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16735 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16737 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16739 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16740 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16741 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16743 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16744 macro.
16746 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16747 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16749 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16750 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16751 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16753 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16754 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16756 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16758 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16759 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16760 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16761 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16763 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16765 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16766 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16767 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16768 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16770 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16771 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16773 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16775 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16776 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16777 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16779 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16781 ;;;***
16783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21670
16784 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16785 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16787 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16788 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16789 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16791 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16794 \(fn)" nil nil)
16796 ;;;***
16798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21670 32331
16799 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
16800 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16801 (push (purecopy '(landmark 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
16803 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16805 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16806 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16808 \(fn)" t nil)
16810 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16811 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16812 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16813 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16815 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16816 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16817 none / 1 | yes | no
16818 2 | yes | yes
16819 3 | no | yes
16820 4 | no | no
16822 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16823 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16824 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16826 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16828 ;;;***
16830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21670 32331
16831 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
16832 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16834 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16837 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16839 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16840 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16841 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16842 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16843 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16844 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16846 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16847 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16849 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16851 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16852 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16854 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16856 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16859 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16861 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16864 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16866 ;;;***
16868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21670
16869 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16870 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16872 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16873 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16874 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16875 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16877 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16879 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16880 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16881 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16883 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16885 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16886 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16887 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16889 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16891 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16892 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16893 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16894 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16896 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16898 ;;;***
16900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16901 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16902 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16904 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16905 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16906 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16907 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16908 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16909 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16910 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16911 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16913 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16914 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16916 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16917 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16919 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16921 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16922 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16923 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16924 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16925 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16926 `latin1-display-setup'.
16928 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16930 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16931 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16932 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16933 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16935 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16936 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16938 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16940 ;;;***
16942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21670
16943 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16944 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16946 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16947 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16949 \(fn)" t nil)
16951 ;;;***
16953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (21890
16954 ;;;;;; 39605 402073 663000))
16955 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
16956 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16958 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
16959 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
16960 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
16961 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
16963 For instance, the following code
16965 (let-alist alist
16966 (if (and .title .body)
16967 .body
16968 .site
16969 .site.contents))
16971 essentially expands to
16973 (let ((.title (cdr (assq 'title alist)))
16974 (.body (cdr (assq 'body alist)))
16975 (.site (cdr (assq 'site alist)))
16976 (.site.contents (cdr (assq 'contents (cdr (assq 'site alist))))))
16977 (if (and .title .body)
16978 .body
16979 .site
16980 .site.contents))
16982 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
16983 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
16984 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
16985 displayed in the example above.
16987 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
16989 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
16991 ;;;***
16993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16994 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16996 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16997 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16998 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16999 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17000 generations (this defaults to 1).
17002 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17004 ;;;***
17006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21855 577 57945 485000))
17007 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
17008 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
17010 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
17011 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
17012 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
17013 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
17014 if ARG is omitted or nil.
17016 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
17018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17020 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
17021 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
17022 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17023 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17024 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17025 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
17027 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
17029 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
17030 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
17031 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
17032 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
17033 ARG is omitted or nil.
17035 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
17036 `linum-on' would do it.
17037 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
17039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17041 ;;;***
17043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21670 32331 385639
17044 ;;;;;; 720000))
17045 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17047 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17048 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17049 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17050 is nil, raise an error.
17052 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17053 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17054 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17055 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17056 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17057 defined by the library.
17059 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17060 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17061 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17062 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17063 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17064 proceeds.
17066 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17067 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17068 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17069 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17071 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17073 ;;;***
17075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17076 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17078 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
17079 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17080 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17082 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17084 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17085 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17086 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17087 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17089 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17090 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17091 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17092 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17093 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17094 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17095 the version.)
17097 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17098 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17100 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17101 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17103 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17104 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17106 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17108 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17109 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17110 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17111 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17112 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17113 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17114 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17115 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17116 to constrain a big search.
17118 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17120 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17121 except that FILTER is not optional.
17123 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17125 ;;;***
17127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21852 24382 97237
17128 ;;;;;; 703000))
17129 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17131 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17132 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17133 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17134 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17135 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17136 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17137 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17138 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17139 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17140 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17142 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17143 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17144 associated values:
17145 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17146 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17147 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17148 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17149 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17151 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17152 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17153 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17155 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17157 ;;;***
17159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21850 34915 117255
17160 ;;;;;; 375000))
17161 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17163 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17164 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17166 \(fn)" t nil)
17168 ;;;***
17170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17171 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17173 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17174 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17176 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17177 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17179 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17180 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17181 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17183 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17184 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17186 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17187 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17188 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17189 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17190 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17191 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17192 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17194 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17196 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17197 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17198 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17199 switch on this list.
17200 See `lpr-command'.")
17202 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17204 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17205 Name of program for printing a file.
17207 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17208 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17209 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17210 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17211 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17212 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17213 argument.")
17215 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17217 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17218 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17219 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17220 for customization of the printer command.
17222 \(fn)" t nil)
17224 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17225 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17227 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17228 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17229 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17230 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17232 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17233 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17235 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17236 for further customization of the printer command.
17238 \(fn)" t nil)
17240 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17241 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17242 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17243 for customization of the printer command.
17245 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17247 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17248 Paginate and print the region contents.
17250 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17251 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17252 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17253 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17255 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17256 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17258 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17259 for further customization of the printer command.
17261 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17263 ;;;***
17265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21907 48688 729360
17266 ;;;;;; 195000))
17267 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17269 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17270 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17271 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17273 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17275 ;;;***
17277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21670 32330 885624
17278 ;;;;;; 725000))
17279 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17281 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17282 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17283 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17284 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17288 ;;;***
17290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21670 32331
17291 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17292 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17294 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17295 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17297 \(fn)" t nil)
17299 ;;;***
17301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21887 28847 979667 16000))
17302 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17304 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17305 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17306 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17307 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17308 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17310 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17312 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17313 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17314 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17315 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17316 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17318 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17319 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17320 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17321 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17322 bindings.
17324 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17325 use this command, and then save the file.
17327 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17329 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17330 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17331 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17332 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17333 each time the macro executes.
17334 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17335 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17336 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17337 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17338 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17339 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17340 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17342 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17344 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17345 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17346 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17347 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17349 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17350 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17351 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17352 execute.
17354 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17355 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17357 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17358 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17359 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17360 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17361 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17363 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17364 looked like this:
17366 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17367 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17368 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17370 You could enter the names in this format:
17376 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17378 \\C-x (
17379 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17380 \\C-x )
17382 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17383 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17385 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17386 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17388 ;;;***
17390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21670 32331
17391 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17392 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17394 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17395 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17396 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17397 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17398 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17399 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17401 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17402 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17403 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17404 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17405 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17407 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17408 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17409 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17410 consing a string.)
17412 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17414 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17415 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17417 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17419 ;;;***
17421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21670 32331
17422 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17423 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17425 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17426 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17428 \(fn)" nil nil)
17430 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17433 \(fn)" nil nil)
17435 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17436 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17438 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17440 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17441 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17442 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17443 message.
17445 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17447 \(fn)" nil nil)
17449 ;;;***
17451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21670 32331
17452 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17453 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17455 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17456 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17457 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17458 often correct parser.")
17460 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17462 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17463 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17464 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17465 a value which excludes your own email address.
17467 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17468 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17470 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17472 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17473 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17475 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17477 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17478 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17479 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17480 we return it unconverted.
17482 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17483 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17485 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17487 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17488 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17489 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17490 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17492 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17494 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17495 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17496 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17497 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17499 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17501 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17502 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17503 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17504 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17505 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17506 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17507 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17508 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17509 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17510 as Rmail does.
17512 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17514 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17515 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17516 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17517 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17518 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17519 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17520 matches may be returned from the message body.
17522 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17524 ;;;***
17526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21850 35149
17527 ;;;;;; 497265 880000))
17528 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17530 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17531 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17532 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17533 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17534 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17535 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17537 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17539 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17540 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17541 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17542 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17543 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17545 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17546 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17547 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17548 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17552 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17553 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17555 \(fn)" nil nil)
17557 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17558 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17559 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17561 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17563 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17564 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17565 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17567 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17568 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17569 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17570 double-quotes.
17572 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17574 ;;;***
17576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21855 577
17577 ;;;;;; 57945 485000))
17578 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17580 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17581 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17582 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17583 king@grassland.com
17584 If `parens', they look like:
17585 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17586 If `angles', they look like:
17587 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17589 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17591 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17592 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17593 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17594 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17595 their `Resent-' variants.
17597 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17598 removed from alias expansions.
17600 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17602 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17603 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17604 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17606 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17607 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17608 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17609 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17611 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17613 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17614 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17615 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17617 \(fn)" nil nil)
17619 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17620 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17621 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17622 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17624 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17626 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17628 ;;;***
17630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21670 32331
17631 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17632 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17634 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17635 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17636 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17637 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17639 \(fn)" nil nil)
17641 ;;;***
17643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21907
17644 ;;;;;; 48688 777360 195000))
17645 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17647 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17648 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17650 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17651 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17652 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17653 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17654 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17655 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17657 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17658 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17659 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17660 dependency, despite the colon.
17662 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17664 In the browser, use the following keys:
17666 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17668 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17670 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17671 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17673 `makefile-target-colon':
17674 The string that gets appended to all target names
17675 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17676 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17678 `makefile-macro-assign':
17679 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17680 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17681 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17682 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17683 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17684 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17686 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17687 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17688 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17690 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17691 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17693 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17694 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17695 up or down in the browser.
17697 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17698 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17700 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17701 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17703 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17704 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17705 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17706 has been selected in the browser.
17708 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17709 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17710 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17711 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17712 filenames are omitted.
17714 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17715 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17716 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17717 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17718 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17719 the backslash itself intact.
17720 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17721 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17723 `makefile-browser-hook':
17724 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17725 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17727 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17728 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17729 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17730 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17732 \(fn)" t nil)
17734 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17735 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17737 \(fn)" t nil)
17739 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17740 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17742 \(fn)" t nil)
17744 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17745 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17747 \(fn)" t nil)
17749 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17750 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17752 \(fn)" t nil)
17754 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17755 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17757 \(fn)" t nil)
17759 ;;;***
17761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21670 32331 385639
17762 ;;;;;; 720000))
17763 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17765 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17766 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17767 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17769 \(fn)" t nil)
17771 ;;;***
17773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21814 9129 320508 708000))
17774 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17776 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17778 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17779 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17780 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17781 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17782 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17783 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17784 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17785 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17786 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17787 without running the man command.
17789 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17790 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17791 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17793 cat(1)
17794 1 cat
17796 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17797 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17798 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17799 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17801 -a chmod
17803 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17804 otherwise look like a page name.
17806 /my/file/name.1.gz
17807 -l somefile.1
17809 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17810 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17811 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17813 -k pattern
17815 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17817 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17818 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17820 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17822 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17823 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17825 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17827 ;;;***
17829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (21895 57521 614301
17830 ;;;;;; 332000))
17831 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
17832 (push (purecopy '(map 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17834 ;;;***
17836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17837 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17838 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17840 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17841 Toggle Master mode.
17842 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17843 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17844 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17846 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17847 using the following commands:
17849 \\{master-mode-map}
17851 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17852 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17853 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17857 ;;;***
17859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21670 32331 385639
17860 ;;;;;; 720000))
17861 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17863 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17864 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17865 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17866 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17867 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17868 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17870 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17872 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17873 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17874 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17875 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17876 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17878 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17879 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17880 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17881 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17885 ;;;***
17887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17888 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17889 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17891 ;;;***
17893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21855 576 917950
17894 ;;;;;; 620000))
17895 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17897 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17899 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17900 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17901 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17902 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17903 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17904 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17905 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17906 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17907 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17908 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17909 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17910 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17911 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17912 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17913 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17914 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17915 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17916 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17917 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17918 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17919 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17920 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17921 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17922 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17923 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17924 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17925 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17926 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17927 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17928 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17929 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17930 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17931 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17932 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17933 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17934 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17935 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17936 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17938 \(fn)" t nil)
17940 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17941 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17942 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17943 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17944 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17946 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17948 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17949 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17951 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17953 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17954 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17956 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17958 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17959 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17961 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17963 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17964 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17965 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17967 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17969 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17970 Cancel an article you posted.
17971 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17975 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17976 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17977 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17978 header line with the old Message-ID.
17980 \(fn)" t nil)
17982 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17983 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17985 \(fn)" t nil)
17987 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17988 Forward the current message via mail.
17989 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17990 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17992 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17994 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17997 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17999 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
18002 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18004 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
18005 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18007 \(fn)" t nil)
18009 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
18010 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18012 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18014 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
18015 Re-mail the current message.
18016 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18017 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18018 you.
18020 \(fn)" t nil)
18022 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
18023 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18025 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18027 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
18028 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18030 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18032 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
18033 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18035 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18037 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18038 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18040 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18042 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18043 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18044 Works by overstriking characters.
18045 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18046 which specify the range to operate on.
18048 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18050 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18051 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18052 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18053 which specify the range to operate on.
18055 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18057 ;;;***
18059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21670
18060 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18061 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18062 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18064 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18065 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18067 \(fn)" t nil)
18069 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18070 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18072 \(fn)" t nil)
18074 ;;;***
18076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21670 32331
18077 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18078 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18080 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18081 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18082 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18084 \(fn)" t nil)
18086 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18087 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18088 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18089 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18090 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18091 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18092 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18094 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18096 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18097 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18098 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18099 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18100 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18101 means current).
18102 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18103 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18105 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18107 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18108 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18109 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18110 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18111 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18112 means current).
18113 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18114 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18116 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18118 ;;;***
18120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21895 57521 622301
18121 ;;;;;; 332000))
18122 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18124 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18125 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18126 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18128 \(fn)" t nil)
18130 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18131 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18132 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18134 \(fn)" t nil)
18136 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18137 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18139 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18140 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18141 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18143 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18144 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18146 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18147 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18149 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18151 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18153 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18154 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18155 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18156 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18157 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18158 as `compose-mail'.
18160 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18161 initial Subject field, respectively.
18163 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18164 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18165 are strings.
18167 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18168 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18170 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18172 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18173 Save draft and send message.
18175 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18176 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18177 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18178 Mail Delivery*\".
18180 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18181 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18182 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18184 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18185 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18186 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18187 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18188 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18189 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18191 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18192 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18194 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18195 message and scan line.
18197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18199 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18200 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18202 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18203 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18204 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18205 delete the draft message.
18207 \(fn)" t nil)
18209 ;;;***
18211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18212 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18213 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18215 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18217 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18219 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18221 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18222 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18224 \(fn)" t nil)
18226 ;;;***
18228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21670 32331
18229 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18230 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18232 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18233 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18234 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18236 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18237 the MH mail system.
18239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18241 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18242 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18243 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18245 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18246 the MH mail system.
18248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18250 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18251 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18253 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18254 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18255 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18256 separate command.
18258 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18259 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18260 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18261 format.
18263 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18265 Ranges
18266 ======
18267 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18268 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18269 can be used in several ways.
18271 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18272 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18273 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18274 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18275 page):
18277 <num1>-<num2>
18278 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18279 The range must be nonempty.
18281 <num>:N
18282 <num>:+N
18283 <num>:-N
18284 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18285 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18286 last.
18288 first:N
18289 prev:N
18290 next:N
18291 last:N
18292 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18295 All of the messages.
18297 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18298 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18300 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18301 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18302 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18304 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18306 \(fn)" t nil)
18308 ;;;***
18310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21822 58098 20521
18311 ;;;;;; 61000))
18312 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18314 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18315 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18316 See the command `midnight-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18317 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18318 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18319 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18321 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18323 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18324 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18328 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18329 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18330 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18331 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18332 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18333 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18334 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18335 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18336 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18337 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18338 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18340 \(fn)" t nil)
18342 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18343 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18344 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18345 to its second argument TM.
18347 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18349 ;;;***
18351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21670 32331
18352 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18353 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18355 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18356 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18357 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18358 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18359 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18360 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18362 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18364 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18365 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18366 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18367 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18368 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18370 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18371 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18372 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18373 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18374 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18375 is modified to remove the default indication.
18377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18379 ;;;***
18381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18382 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18384 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18385 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18386 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18387 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18388 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18389 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18390 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18391 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18392 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18394 \(fn)" t nil)
18396 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18397 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18398 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18399 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18400 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18401 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18402 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18403 The return value is always nil.
18405 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18407 ;;;***
18409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21797 36 720489 297000))
18410 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18411 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18413 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18414 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18416 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18417 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18418 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18419 next occurrence.
18421 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18422 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18423 end of the search space).
18425 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18426 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18427 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18428 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18429 should return the previous buffer to search.
18431 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18432 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18433 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18435 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18436 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18437 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18438 Isearch starts.")
18440 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18441 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18442 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18444 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18445 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18446 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18448 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18449 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18451 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18452 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18453 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18455 \(fn)" nil nil)
18457 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18458 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18459 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18460 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18461 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18462 whose names match the specified regexp.
18464 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18466 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18467 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18468 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18469 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18470 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18471 whose names match the specified regexp.
18473 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18475 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18476 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18477 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18478 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18479 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18480 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18481 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18483 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18485 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18486 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18487 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18488 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18489 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18490 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18491 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18493 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18495 ;;;***
18497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21670
18498 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18499 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18500 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18502 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18503 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18505 \(fn)" t nil)
18507 ;;;***
18509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21670 32331
18510 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18511 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18513 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18514 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18516 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18518 ;;;***
18520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21670 32331
18521 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18522 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18524 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18525 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18527 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18529 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18530 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18531 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18532 the entire message.
18533 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18535 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18537 ;;;***
18539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21670 32331
18540 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18541 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18543 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18544 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18545 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18546 the entire message.
18547 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18549 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18551 ;;;***
18553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21670 32331 385639
18554 ;;;;;; 720000))
18555 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18557 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18558 Insert file contents of URL.
18559 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18561 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18563 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18564 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18566 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18568 ;;;***
18570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21670 32331 385639
18571 ;;;;;; 720000))
18572 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18574 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18575 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18576 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18577 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18578 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18580 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18582 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18583 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18584 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18586 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18588 ;;;***
18590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21826 49866 790514 606000))
18591 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18593 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18594 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18596 \(fn)" nil nil)
18598 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18599 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18600 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18601 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18602 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18604 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18605 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18606 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18607 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18608 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18609 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18611 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18613 ;;;***
18615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21670 32331 385639
18616 ;;;;;; 720000))
18617 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18619 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18622 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18624 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18627 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18629 ;;;***
18631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21670 32331 385639
18632 ;;;;;; 720000))
18633 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18635 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18638 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18640 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18643 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18645 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18648 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18650 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18653 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18655 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18658 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18660 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18663 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18665 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18668 \(fn)" nil nil)
18670 ;;;***
18672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21891 60465
18673 ;;;;;; 823679 523000))
18674 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18676 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18678 ;;;***
18680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21607 54478
18681 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
18682 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18684 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18686 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18687 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18688 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18689 followed by the first character of the construct.
18690 \\<m2-mode-map>
18691 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18692 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18693 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18694 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18695 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18696 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18697 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18698 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18699 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18700 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18701 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18702 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18703 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18704 \\[m2-link] link
18706 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18707 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18708 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18710 \(fn)" t nil)
18712 ;;;***
18714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21670 32331 385639
18715 ;;;;;; 720000))
18716 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18718 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18719 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18721 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18723 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18724 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18726 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18728 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18729 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18731 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18733 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18734 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18736 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18738 ;;;***
18740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21906 58825 986640
18741 ;;;;;; 200000))
18742 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18744 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18745 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18747 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18748 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18749 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18751 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18752 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18753 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18755 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18756 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18758 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18759 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18760 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18761 hemisphere you're in.)
18763 To test this function, evaluate:
18764 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18766 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18768 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18769 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18771 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18772 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18774 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18775 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18776 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18778 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18779 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18781 To test this function, evaluate:
18782 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18784 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18786 ;;;***
18788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18789 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18791 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18792 Main entry point for MPC.
18794 \(fn)" t nil)
18796 ;;;***
18798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18799 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18801 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18802 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18804 \(fn)" t nil)
18806 ;;;***
18808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18809 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18811 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18812 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18813 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18814 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18815 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18816 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18818 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18820 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18821 Toggle Msb mode.
18822 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18823 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18824 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18826 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18827 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18831 ;;;***
18833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21862
18834 ;;;;;; 60209 748658 481000))
18835 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18837 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18838 Display a list of all character sets.
18840 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18841 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18842 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18843 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18844 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18846 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18847 but still shows the full information.
18849 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18851 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18852 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18853 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18855 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18856 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18857 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18858 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18859 meanings of these arguments.
18861 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18863 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18864 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18866 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18868 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18869 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18871 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18873 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18874 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18876 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18878 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18879 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18881 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18882 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18883 in place of `..':
18884 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18885 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18886 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18887 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18888 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18889 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18890 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18891 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18892 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18893 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18894 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18895 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18896 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18897 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18898 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18899 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18901 \(fn)" t nil)
18903 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18904 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18906 \(fn)" t nil)
18908 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18909 Display a list of all coding systems.
18910 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18912 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18913 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18917 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18918 Display a list of all coding categories.
18920 \(fn)" nil nil)
18922 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18923 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18924 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18926 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18928 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18929 Display information about FONTSET.
18930 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18932 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18934 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18935 Display a list of all fontsets.
18936 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18937 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18938 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18940 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18942 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18943 Display information about all input methods.
18945 \(fn)" t nil)
18947 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18948 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18950 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18951 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18952 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18953 system which uses fontsets).
18955 \(fn)" t nil)
18957 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18958 Show log of font listing and opening.
18959 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18960 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18962 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18964 ;;;***
18966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21893
18967 ;;;;;; 15793 483985 415000))
18968 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18970 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18971 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18973 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18974 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18976 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18977 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18979 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18981 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18982 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18983 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18984 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18985 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18986 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18987 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18989 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18990 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18991 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18992 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18993 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18994 middle of a character in STR.
18996 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18997 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18999 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
19000 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
19001 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
19002 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
19003 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
19005 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
19007 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
19008 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
19010 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
19011 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
19012 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
19014 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
19015 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
19016 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
19018 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19019 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
19020 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
19021 are considered.
19022 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
19023 longer than KEYSEQ.
19024 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
19026 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
19028 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19029 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
19030 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
19031 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
19032 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
19033 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
19034 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
19035 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
19036 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
19037 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
19038 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
19040 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
19042 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
19043 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
19045 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19047 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
19048 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
19050 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19052 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
19053 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
19055 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19057 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19058 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
19060 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19062 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
19063 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
19064 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
19065 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
19066 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
19068 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
19069 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
19071 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19072 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19073 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19074 coding systems ordered by priority.
19076 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
19078 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
19080 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19081 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19082 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19083 language environment LANG-ENV.
19085 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19087 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19088 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19089 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19090 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
19091 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
19092 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
19094 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19096 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
19097 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
19098 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
19099 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19100 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19101 QUALITY can be:
19102 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19103 excessive work.
19104 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19105 part of the file/buffer.
19106 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19108 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19110 ;;;***
19112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21826 50071
19113 ;;;;;; 80489 638000))
19114 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19116 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19117 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19119 \(fn)" t nil)
19121 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19122 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19124 \(fn)" t nil)
19126 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19127 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19129 \(fn)" t nil)
19131 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19132 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19134 \(fn)" t nil)
19136 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19137 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19139 \(fn)" t nil)
19141 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19142 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19144 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19146 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19147 Ping HOST.
19148 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19149 `ping-program-options'.
19151 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19153 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19154 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19156 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19158 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19159 Run nslookup program.
19161 \(fn)" t nil)
19163 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19164 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19166 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19168 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19169 Run dig program.
19171 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19173 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19174 Run ftp program.
19176 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19178 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19179 Finger USER on HOST.
19181 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19183 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19184 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19185 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19186 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19188 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19190 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19193 \(fn)" t nil)
19195 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19196 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19198 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19200 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19201 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19203 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19205 ;;;***
19207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21670 32331 385639
19208 ;;;;;; 720000))
19209 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19211 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19212 Return a user name/password pair.
19213 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19214 listed in the PORTS list.
19216 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19218 ;;;***
19220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21855
19221 ;;;;;; 577 147947 107000))
19222 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19224 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19225 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19226 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19227 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19228 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19229 closes it.
19231 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19232 make it unique.
19233 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19234 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19235 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19236 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19237 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19238 a port number to connect to.
19240 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19241 values:
19243 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19244 nil or `network'
19245 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19246 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19247 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19248 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19249 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19250 an unencrypted connection.
19251 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19252 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19253 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19254 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19255 returned object is a killed process.
19256 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19257 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19258 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19260 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19261 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19262 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19263 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19264 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19265 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19266 or nil if none could be found.
19267 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19268 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19270 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19272 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19273 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19274 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19276 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19277 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19278 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19280 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19281 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19282 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19284 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19285 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19286 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19287 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19289 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19290 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19292 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19293 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19294 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
19295 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19296 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19297 or STARTTLS connections.
19299 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19300 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19302 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19303 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19305 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19306 a greeting from the server.
19308 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19309 asynchronously, if possible.
19311 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19313 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19315 ;;;***
19317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21670
19318 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19319 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19321 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19322 Check whether newsticker is running.
19323 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19324 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19326 \(fn)" nil nil)
19328 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19329 Start the newsticker.
19330 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19331 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19332 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19333 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19335 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19337 ;;;***
19339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19340 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19341 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19343 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19344 Start newsticker plainview.
19346 \(fn)" t nil)
19348 ;;;***
19350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21670
19351 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19352 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19354 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19355 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19357 \(fn)" t nil)
19359 ;;;***
19361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21670
19362 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19363 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19365 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19366 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19367 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19368 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19369 empty.
19371 \(fn)" nil nil)
19373 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19374 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19375 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19376 running already.
19378 \(fn)" t nil)
19380 ;;;***
19382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21888
19383 ;;;;;; 41565 443258 439000))
19384 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19386 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19387 Start newsticker treeview.
19389 \(fn)" t nil)
19391 ;;;***
19393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21670 32331 385639
19394 ;;;;;; 720000))
19395 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19397 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19398 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19400 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19402 ;;;***
19404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21855 576 927958 586000))
19405 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19407 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19408 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19409 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19410 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19411 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19412 symbol in the alist.
19414 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19416 ;;;***
19418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21670 32331
19419 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19420 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19422 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19423 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19424 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19426 \(fn)" t nil)
19428 ;;;***
19430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19431 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19433 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19434 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19436 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19438 ;;;***
19440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19441 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19443 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19445 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19446 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19447 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19449 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19452 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19454 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19455 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19456 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19457 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19458 to future sessions.
19460 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19462 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19463 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19464 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19465 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19466 future sessions.
19468 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19470 ;;;***
19472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21670
19473 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
19474 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19476 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19477 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19478 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19479 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19480 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19481 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19483 \(fn)" t nil)
19485 ;;;***
19487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19488 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19489 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19491 ;;;***
19493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21670 32331
19494 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19495 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19497 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19498 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19499 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19500 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19502 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19504 ;;;***
19506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21670 32331
19507 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19508 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19510 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19511 Major mode for editing XML.
19513 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19514 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19515 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19516 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19517 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19518 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19519 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19521 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19523 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19524 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19526 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19527 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19528 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19529 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19530 instead of C-c.
19532 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19533 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19534 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19535 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19536 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19537 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19539 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19540 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19541 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19543 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19544 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19545 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19547 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19548 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19549 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19550 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19551 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19552 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19553 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19554 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19555 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19557 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19559 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19560 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19562 \(fn)" t nil)
19563 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19565 ;;;***
19567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21670 32331
19568 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19569 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19571 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19572 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19573 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19574 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19576 \(fn)" t nil)
19578 ;;;***
19580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21888 47234
19581 ;;;;;; 298945 440000))
19582 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19584 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19585 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19587 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19588 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19589 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19590 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19592 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19594 Key bindings:
19595 \\{octave-mode-map}
19597 \(fn)" t nil)
19599 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19600 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19601 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19603 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19605 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19606 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19608 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19609 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19610 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19614 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19616 ;;;***
19618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21670 32331
19619 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19620 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19622 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19624 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19625 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19626 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19627 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19628 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19630 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19632 Customization:
19634 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19635 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19636 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19637 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19638 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19639 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19640 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19641 Directories to search when finding external units.
19642 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19643 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19645 Coloring:
19647 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19648 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19650 \(fn)" t nil)
19652 ;;;***
19654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21866 57262 677944 752000))
19655 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19657 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19658 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19660 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19662 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19663 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19664 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19665 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19666 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19667 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19669 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19671 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19672 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19673 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19674 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19675 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19677 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19679 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19680 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19682 \(fn)" nil nil)
19684 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19685 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19687 \(fn)" nil nil)
19689 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19690 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19691 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19693 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19694 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19695 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19696 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19697 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19698 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19699 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19700 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19701 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19702 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19704 The following commands are available:
19706 \\{org-mode-map}
19708 \(fn)" t nil)
19710 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19711 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19713 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19714 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19715 in special contexts.
19717 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19718 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19719 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19720 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19721 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19722 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19723 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19724 properties in the buffer.
19725 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19726 including any drawers.
19728 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19730 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19731 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19732 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19733 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19734 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19735 and zoom in further.
19736 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19737 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19739 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19740 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19741 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19742 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19743 times right after creating a new headline.
19745 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19746 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19747 is negative, go up that many levels.
19749 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19750 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19751 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19753 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19754 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19755 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19756 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19760 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19761 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19762 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19763 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19766 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19768 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19769 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19770 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19771 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19772 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19773 defined by Org-mode).
19775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19777 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19778 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19780 \(fn)" nil nil)
19782 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19783 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19785 \(fn)" nil nil)
19787 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19788 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19789 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19790 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19791 call CMD.
19793 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19795 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19796 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19797 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19798 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19800 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19801 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19802 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19804 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19805 part of Org's core.
19807 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19808 active region.
19810 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19812 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19813 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19814 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19816 \(fn)" t nil)
19818 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19819 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19820 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19821 Org-mode syntax.
19823 \(fn)" t nil)
19825 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19826 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19828 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19830 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19831 Switch between Org buffers.
19832 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19833 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19835 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19836 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19840 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19842 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19844 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19845 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19846 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19847 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19849 \(fn)" t nil)
19851 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19852 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19854 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19856 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19857 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19858 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19860 \(fn)" t nil)
19862 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19863 Reload all org lisp files.
19864 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19866 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19868 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19869 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19871 \(fn)" t nil)
19873 ;;;***
19875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21862 60209
19876 ;;;;;; 818658 502000))
19877 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19879 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19880 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19884 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19885 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19886 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19887 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19889 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19890 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19891 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19892 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19893 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19894 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19895 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19896 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19897 e Export views to associated files.
19898 s Search entries for keywords.
19899 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19900 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19901 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19902 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19903 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19904 > Remove a previous restriction.
19905 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19906 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19907 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19909 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19910 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19911 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19913 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19914 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19915 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19916 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19917 \(if active).
19919 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19921 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19922 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19923 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19924 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19925 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19926 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19927 before running the agenda command.
19929 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19931 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19932 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19933 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19934 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19935 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19936 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19937 before running the agenda command.
19939 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19940 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19942 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19944 category The category of the item
19945 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19946 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19947 todo selected in TODO match
19948 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19949 diary imported from diary
19950 deadline a deadline on given date
19951 scheduled scheduled on given date
19952 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19953 closed entry was closed on given date
19954 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19955 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19956 block entry has date block including g. date
19957 todo The todo keyword, if any
19958 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19959 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19960 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19961 extra Sting with extra planning info
19962 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19963 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19964 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19966 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19968 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19969 Store agenda views.
19971 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19973 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19974 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19976 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19978 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19979 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19980 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19981 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19983 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19984 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19985 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19987 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19988 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19990 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19991 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19993 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19995 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19996 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19998 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19999 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20000 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20001 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20002 EDIT-AT.
20004 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20005 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20006 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20007 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20008 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20009 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20011 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20012 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20013 including newlines.
20015 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20016 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20017 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20018 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20019 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20020 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20021 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20023 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20024 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20025 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20026 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20028 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20029 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20030 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20031 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20032 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20033 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20034 Boolean search must match as full words.
20036 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20037 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20039 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20041 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20042 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20043 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20044 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20045 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20046 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20050 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20051 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20052 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20054 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20056 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20057 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20058 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20059 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20060 `org-stuck-projects'.
20062 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20064 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20065 Return diary information from org files.
20066 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20067 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20068 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20069 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20070 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20072 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20074 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20076 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20077 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20079 &%%(org-diary)
20081 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
20082 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
20083 So the example above may also be written as
20085 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20087 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20088 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20089 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20091 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20093 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20094 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20096 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20098 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
20099 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
20100 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
20101 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
20102 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
20104 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
20106 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20107 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20108 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20110 \(fn)" t nil)
20112 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20113 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20114 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20115 appointments.
20117 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20118 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20120 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20121 for filtering entries out.
20123 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20124 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20125 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20127 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20128 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20130 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20131 (category \"Work\"))
20133 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20134 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20136 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20137 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20138 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20139 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20140 details and examples.
20142 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20143 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20145 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20147 ;;;***
20149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21855 577
20150 ;;;;;; 287944 835000))
20151 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20153 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20154 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20156 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20158 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20159 Capture something.
20160 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20161 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20162 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20163 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20164 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20165 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20167 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20168 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20169 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20170 stored.
20172 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20174 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20175 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20176 will be bypassed.
20178 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20179 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20180 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20181 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20183 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20185 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20186 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20188 \(fn)" t nil)
20190 ;;;***
20192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21670 32331
20193 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20194 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20196 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20197 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20199 \(fn)" t nil)
20201 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20204 \(fn)" nil nil)
20206 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20207 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20208 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20210 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20212 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20213 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20215 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20217 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20218 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20220 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20222 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20223 Write the column view table.
20224 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20226 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20227 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20228 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20229 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20230 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20231 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20232 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20233 using `org-id-find'.
20234 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20235 a hline before each level <= that number.
20236 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20237 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20238 :skip-empty-rows
20239 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20240 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20242 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20244 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20245 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20247 \(fn)" t nil)
20249 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20250 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20252 \(fn)" t nil)
20254 ;;;***
20256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21852 24381
20257 ;;;;;; 787238 943000))
20258 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20260 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20261 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20263 \(fn)" nil t)
20265 ;;;***
20267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21855 577 287944
20268 ;;;;;; 835000))
20269 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20271 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20272 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20274 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20276 ;;;***
20278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21607 54478
20279 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
20280 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20282 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20283 The release version of org-mode.
20284 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20286 \(fn)" nil nil)
20288 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20289 The Git version of org-mode.
20290 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20292 \(fn)" nil nil)
20294 ;;;***
20296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21720 38720 956749
20297 ;;;;;; 443000))
20298 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20299 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20300 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20302 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20303 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20304 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20305 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20307 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20308 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20309 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20310 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20312 \\{outline-mode-map}
20313 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20314 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20315 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20316 are used when point is on a heading line.
20318 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20319 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20320 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20322 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20323 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20325 \(fn)" t nil)
20327 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20328 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20329 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20330 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20331 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20333 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20336 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20338 ;;;***
20340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21907 48688
20341 ;;;;;; 661360 195000))
20342 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20343 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20345 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20346 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20347 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20348 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20349 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20351 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20352 activate the package system at any time.")
20354 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20356 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20357 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20358 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20359 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20360 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20361 it to the file.
20363 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20365 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20366 Import keys from FILE.
20368 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20370 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20371 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20372 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20373 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20374 and make them available for download.
20375 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20376 downloads in the background.
20378 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20380 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20381 Install the package PKG.
20382 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20383 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20385 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20386 `package-selected-packages'.
20388 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20389 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20391 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20393 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20394 Install a package from the current buffer.
20395 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20396 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20397 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20399 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20400 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20401 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20403 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20405 \(fn)" t nil)
20407 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20408 Install a package from a file.
20409 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20411 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20413 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20414 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20415 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20417 \(fn)" t nil)
20419 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20420 Reinstall package PKG.
20421 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20422 object.
20424 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20426 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20427 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20429 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20430 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20431 will be deleted.
20433 \(fn)" t nil)
20435 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20436 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20438 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20440 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20441 Display a list of packages.
20442 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20443 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20444 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20446 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20448 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20450 ;;;***
20452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
20453 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20455 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20456 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20457 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20458 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20459 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20460 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20462 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20464 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20465 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20466 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20467 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20468 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20470 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20471 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20472 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20476 ;;;***
20478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21670
20479 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
20480 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20481 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20483 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20484 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20485 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20486 unknown are returned as nil.
20488 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20490 ;;;***
20492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21670 32331
20493 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20494 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20496 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20497 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20498 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20500 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20501 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20503 Other useful functions are:
20505 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20506 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20507 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20508 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20509 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20510 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20511 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20512 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20513 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20515 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20517 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20518 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20519 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20520 Indentation for case statements.
20521 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20522 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20523 mark after an end.
20524 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20525 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20526 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20527 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20528 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20529 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20530 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20531 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20532 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20533 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20535 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20536 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20538 \(fn)" t nil)
20540 ;;;***
20542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21670
20543 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
20544 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20546 (defvar password-cache t "\
20547 Whether to cache passwords.")
20549 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20551 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20552 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20553 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20555 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20557 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20558 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20560 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20562 ;;;***
20564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21888 49775
20565 ;;;;;; 904181 796000))
20566 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20568 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20569 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20570 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
20572 Patterns can take the following forms:
20573 _ matches anything.
20574 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20575 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20576 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20577 'VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL
20578 ATOM is a shorthand for 'ATOM.
20579 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
20580 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20581 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20582 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
20583 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
20584 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20585 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20587 FUN can take the form
20588 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20589 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20590 which is the value being matched.
20591 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to one of the form (FUN).
20592 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20593 FUN is assumed to be pure, i.e. it can be dropped if its result is not used,
20594 and two identical calls can be merged into one.
20595 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20596 like \\=`(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20597 \\=`(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20599 Additional patterns can be defined via `pcase-defmacro'.
20600 Currently, the following patterns are provided this way:
20602 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20604 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20606 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20607 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20609 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20611 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20613 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20614 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20615 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20616 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20617 variable name being but a special case of it).
20619 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20621 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20623 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20625 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20626 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20627 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20628 of the form (PAT EXP).
20630 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20632 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20634 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20635 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20636 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20637 of the form (PAT EXP).
20638 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
20639 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
20640 any kind of error.
20642 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20644 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20646 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20649 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20651 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20653 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20654 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
20655 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
20656 to this macro.
20658 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20660 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20662 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20664 ;;;***
20666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21857 42300 397266
20667 ;;;;;; 599000))
20668 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20670 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20671 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20673 \(fn)" nil nil)
20675 ;;;***
20677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21670 32331 385639
20678 ;;;;;; 720000))
20679 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20681 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20682 Completion for `gzip'.
20684 \(fn)" nil nil)
20686 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20687 Completion for `bzip2'.
20689 \(fn)" nil nil)
20691 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20692 Completion for GNU `make'.
20694 \(fn)" nil nil)
20696 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20697 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20699 \(fn)" nil nil)
20701 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20703 ;;;***
20705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21670 32331
20706 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20707 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20709 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20710 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20712 \(fn)" nil nil)
20714 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20715 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20717 \(fn)" nil nil)
20719 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20720 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20722 \(fn)" nil nil)
20724 ;;;***
20726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21670 32331 385639
20727 ;;;;;; 720000))
20728 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20730 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20731 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20733 \(fn)" nil nil)
20735 ;;;***
20737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21791 47660 796747
20738 ;;;;;; 422000))
20739 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20741 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20742 Completion for `cd'.
20744 \(fn)" nil nil)
20746 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20748 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20749 Completion for `rmdir'.
20751 \(fn)" nil nil)
20753 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20754 Completion for `rm'.
20756 \(fn)" nil nil)
20758 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20759 Completion for `xargs'.
20761 \(fn)" nil nil)
20763 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20765 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20766 Completion for `which'.
20768 \(fn)" nil nil)
20770 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20771 Completion for the `chown' command.
20773 \(fn)" nil nil)
20775 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20776 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20778 \(fn)" nil nil)
20780 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20781 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20783 \(fn)" nil nil)
20785 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20786 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20787 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20789 \(fn)" nil nil)
20791 ;;;***
20793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21670 32331 385639
20794 ;;;;;; 720000))
20795 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20797 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20798 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20800 \(fn)" nil nil)
20802 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20803 Completion for the `ack' command.
20804 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20805 long options.
20807 \(fn)" nil nil)
20809 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20811 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20812 Completion for the `ag' command.
20814 \(fn)" nil nil)
20816 ;;;***
20818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21688 62278 418203
20819 ;;;;;; 119000))
20820 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20822 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20823 Support extensible programmable completion.
20824 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20825 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20827 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20829 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20830 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20832 \(fn)" t nil)
20834 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20835 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20836 This will modify the current buffer.
20838 \(fn)" t nil)
20840 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20841 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20843 \(fn)" t nil)
20845 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20846 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20847 This will modify the current buffer.
20849 \(fn)" t nil)
20851 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20852 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20854 \(fn)" t nil)
20856 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20857 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20859 \(fn)" t nil)
20861 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20862 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20863 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20864 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20865 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20867 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20869 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20870 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20872 \(fn)" nil nil)
20874 ;;;***
20876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
20877 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20879 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20880 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20881 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20882 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20884 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20886 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20888 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20889 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20890 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20891 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20892 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20893 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20894 FLAGS is ignored.
20896 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20898 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20899 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20900 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20901 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20902 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20903 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20904 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20905 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20907 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20909 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20910 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20911 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20912 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20913 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20914 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20915 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20916 passed to cvs.
20918 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20920 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20921 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20922 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20923 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20924 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20925 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20926 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20928 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20930 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20931 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20932 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20934 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20936 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20937 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20938 A value of nil means never do it.
20939 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20940 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20941 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20943 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20945 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20946 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20947 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20949 ;;;***
20951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21670 32331
20952 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
20953 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20955 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20956 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20958 ;;;***
20960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21887
20961 ;;;;;; 19055 813447 760000))
20962 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20963 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20964 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20965 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20966 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20967 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20968 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20970 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20971 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20972 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20973 Tab indents for Perl code.
20974 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20975 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20976 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20977 \\{perl-mode-map}
20978 Variables controlling indentation style:
20979 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20980 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20981 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20982 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20983 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20984 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20985 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20986 `perl-nochange'
20987 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20988 `perl-indent-level'
20989 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20990 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20991 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20992 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20993 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20994 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20995 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20996 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20997 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20998 `perl-brace-offset'
20999 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21000 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21001 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21002 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21003 `perl-label-offset'
21004 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21005 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21006 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21008 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21009 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21010 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21011 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21012 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21013 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21014 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21016 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21018 \(fn)" t nil)
21020 ;;;***
21022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21670 32331
21023 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
21024 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21026 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21027 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21028 \\<picture-mode-map>
21029 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21030 afterwards settable by these commands:
21032 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21033 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21034 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21035 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21037 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21038 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21039 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21040 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21042 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21043 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21044 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21045 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21047 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21048 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21049 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21050 with these commands:
21052 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21053 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21054 Move to column following last
21055 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21056 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21057 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21058 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21059 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21060 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21062 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21064 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21065 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21066 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21067 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21068 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21069 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21071 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21072 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21073 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
21074 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21075 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21076 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21077 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21079 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21080 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21081 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21082 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21083 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21084 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21085 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21086 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21088 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21089 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21090 by supplying an argument.
21092 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21094 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21095 they are not by default assigned to keys.
21097 \(fn)" t nil)
21099 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21101 ;;;***
21103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (21890 39605 414073
21104 ;;;;;; 663000))
21105 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
21106 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21108 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
21109 Start a Pinentry service.
21111 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
21112 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
21114 \(fn)" t nil)
21116 ;;;***
21118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21786 29744 368212
21119 ;;;;;; 633000))
21120 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21122 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21123 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21125 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21127 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
21128 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
21130 \(fn)" t nil)
21132 ;;;***
21134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21670 32331 885635
21135 ;;;;;; 586000))
21136 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21138 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21139 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21140 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21142 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21144 ;;;***
21146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
21147 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21149 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21150 Play pong and waste time.
21151 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21152 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21154 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21156 \\{pong-mode-map}
21158 \(fn)" t nil)
21160 ;;;***
21162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
21163 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21165 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21166 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21167 Use streaming commands.
21169 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21171 ;;;***
21173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21670 32330 885624
21174 ;;;;;; 725000))
21175 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21177 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21178 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21179 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21180 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21182 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21184 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21185 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21187 \(fn)" nil nil)
21189 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21190 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21191 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21192 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21193 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21195 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21197 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21198 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21199 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21201 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21203 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21204 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21206 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21208 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21209 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21210 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21211 Ignores leading comment characters.
21213 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21215 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21216 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21217 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21218 Ignores leading comment characters.
21220 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21222 ;;;***
21224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21670 32331 385639
21225 ;;;;;; 720000))
21226 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21227 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21229 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21230 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21232 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21234 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21236 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21238 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21239 Preview directory using ghostview.
21241 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21242 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21243 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21244 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21246 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21247 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21248 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21249 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21250 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21251 file name.
21253 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21255 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21257 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21258 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21260 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21261 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21262 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21263 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21265 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21266 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21267 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21268 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21269 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21270 file name.
21272 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21274 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21276 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21277 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21279 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21280 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21281 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21282 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21284 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21285 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21286 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21287 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21288 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21289 file name.
21291 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21293 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21295 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21296 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21298 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21300 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21301 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21302 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21303 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21305 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21306 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21307 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21308 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21309 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21310 file name.
21312 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21314 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21316 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21317 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21319 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21320 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21321 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21323 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21324 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21325 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21326 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21328 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21330 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21331 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21333 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21334 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21335 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21337 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21338 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21339 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21340 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21342 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21344 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21345 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21347 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21348 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21349 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21351 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21352 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21353 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21354 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21356 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21358 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21359 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21361 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21363 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21364 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21365 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21367 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21368 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21369 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21370 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21372 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21374 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21375 Preview region using ghostview.
21377 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21379 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21381 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21382 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21384 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21386 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21388 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21389 Print region using PostScript printer.
21391 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21393 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21395 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21396 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21398 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21400 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21402 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21403 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21405 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21407 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21409 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21410 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21412 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21414 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21416 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21417 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21419 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21421 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21423 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21424 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21426 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21428 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21430 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21431 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21432 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21433 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21435 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21436 matching.
21438 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21439 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21441 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21443 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21445 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21446 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21447 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21448 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21450 \(fn)" t nil)
21452 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21453 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21454 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21455 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21457 \(fn)" t nil)
21459 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21460 Print directory using text printer.
21462 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21463 matching.
21465 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21466 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21468 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21470 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21472 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21473 Print buffer using text printer.
21475 \(fn)" t nil)
21477 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21478 Print region using text printer.
21480 \(fn)" t nil)
21482 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21483 Print major mode using text printer.
21485 \(fn)" t nil)
21487 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21488 Preview spooled PostScript.
21490 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21491 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21492 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21494 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21495 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21496 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21498 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21500 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21501 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21503 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21504 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21505 instead of sending it to the printer.
21507 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21508 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21509 image in a file with that name.
21511 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21513 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21514 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21516 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21517 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21518 instead of sending it to the printer.
21520 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21521 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21522 image in a file with that name.
21524 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21526 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21527 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21529 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21530 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21531 instead of sending it to the printer.
21533 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21534 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21535 image in a file with that name.
21537 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21539 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21540 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21542 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21544 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21545 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21547 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21549 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21550 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21552 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21554 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21555 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21557 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21559 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21560 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21562 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21564 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21565 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21567 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21568 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21569 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21570 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21572 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21573 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21574 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21575 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21576 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21577 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21578 file name.
21580 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21582 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21583 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21585 \(fn)" t nil)
21587 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21588 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21590 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21591 right.
21592 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21593 bottom.
21595 \(fn)" t nil)
21597 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21598 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21600 \(fn)" t nil)
21602 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21603 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21605 \(fn)" t nil)
21607 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21608 Toggle printing with faces.
21610 \(fn)" t nil)
21612 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21613 Toggle spooling.
21615 \(fn)" t nil)
21617 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21618 Toggle duplex.
21620 \(fn)" t nil)
21622 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21623 Toggle tumble.
21625 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21626 right.
21627 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21628 bottom.
21630 \(fn)" t nil)
21632 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21633 Toggle landscape.
21635 \(fn)" t nil)
21637 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21638 Toggle upside-down.
21640 \(fn)" t nil)
21642 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21643 Toggle line number.
21645 \(fn)" t nil)
21647 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21648 Toggle zebra stripes.
21650 \(fn)" t nil)
21652 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21653 Toggle printing header.
21655 \(fn)" t nil)
21657 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21658 Toggle printing header frame.
21660 \(fn)" t nil)
21662 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21663 Toggle menu lock.
21665 \(fn)" t nil)
21667 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21668 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21670 \(fn)" t nil)
21672 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21673 Toggle auto mode.
21675 \(fn)" t nil)
21677 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21678 Customization of the `printing' group.
21680 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21682 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21683 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21685 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21687 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21688 Help for the printing package.
21690 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21692 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21693 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21695 \(fn)" t nil)
21697 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21698 Interactively select a text printer.
21700 \(fn)" t nil)
21702 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21703 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21705 \(fn)" t nil)
21707 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21708 Show current ps-print settings.
21710 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21712 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21713 Show current printing settings.
21715 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21717 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21718 Show current lpr settings.
21720 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21722 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21723 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21725 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21726 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21727 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21728 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21731 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21733 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21734 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21735 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21737 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21738 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21739 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21740 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21741 current active printer.
21743 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21744 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21745 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21746 printer.
21748 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21749 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21750 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21751 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21752 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21755 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21756 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21758 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21760 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21761 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21762 be done using the new current active printer.
21764 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21765 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21766 printer.
21768 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21769 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21770 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21771 instead of sending it to the printer.
21773 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21774 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21775 printer.
21777 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21780 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21781 are both set to t.
21783 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21785 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21786 Fast fire function for text printing.
21788 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21789 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21790 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21791 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21793 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21794 user for a new active text printer.
21796 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21798 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21800 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21801 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21802 printer.
21804 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21806 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21807 are both set to t.
21809 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21811 ;;;***
21813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
21814 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21816 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21817 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21818 \\<proced-mode-map>
21819 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21820 the process information.
21822 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21824 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21825 Proced buffers.
21827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21829 ;;;***
21831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21670 32331 385639
21832 ;;;;;; 720000))
21833 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21835 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21836 Start/restart profilers.
21837 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21838 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21839 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21841 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21843 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21844 Open profile FILENAME.
21846 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21848 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21849 Open profile FILENAME.
21851 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21853 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21854 Open profile FILENAME.
21856 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21858 ;;;***
21860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21670 32331
21861 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
21862 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21864 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21865 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21867 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21868 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21870 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21872 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21873 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21875 Commands:
21876 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21878 \(fn)" t nil)
21880 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21881 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21882 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21884 \(fn)" t nil)
21886 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21887 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21888 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21890 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21892 ;;;***
21894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
21895 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21897 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21898 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21899 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21901 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21903 ;;;***
21905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21670 32331
21906 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
21907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21908 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21910 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21911 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21913 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21915 The following variables hold user options, and can
21916 be set through the `customize' command:
21918 `ps-mode-tab'
21919 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21920 `ps-mode-print-function'
21921 `ps-run-prompt'
21922 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21923 `ps-run-x'
21924 `ps-run-dumb'
21925 `ps-run-init'
21926 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21927 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21929 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21932 \\{ps-mode-map}
21935 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21936 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21937 The keymap for this second window is:
21939 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21942 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21943 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21944 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21945 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21946 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21948 \(fn)" t nil)
21950 ;;;***
21952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21855 577 457945
21953 ;;;;;; 244000))
21954 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21955 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21957 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21958 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21959 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21961 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21963 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21964 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21965 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21966 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21968 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21970 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21971 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21973 Valid values are:
21975 nil Do not print colors.
21977 t Print colors.
21979 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21980 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21982 Any other value is treated as t.")
21984 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21986 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21987 Customization of ps-print group.
21989 \(fn)" t nil)
21991 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21992 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21994 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21995 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21996 sending it to the printer.
21998 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21999 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22000 image in a file with that name.
22002 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22004 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22005 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22006 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22007 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22008 so it has a way to determine color values.
22010 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22012 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22013 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22014 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22016 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22018 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22019 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22020 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22021 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22022 so it has a way to determine color values.
22024 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22026 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22027 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22028 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22029 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22031 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22033 \(fn)" t nil)
22035 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22036 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22037 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
22038 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
22039 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
22041 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22043 \(fn)" t nil)
22045 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22046 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22047 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22049 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22051 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22053 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22054 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22055 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22056 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22057 so it has a way to determine color values.
22059 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22061 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22063 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22064 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22066 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22067 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22068 instead of sending it to the printer.
22070 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22071 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22072 image in a file with that name.
22074 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22076 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22077 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22078 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22079 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22080 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22082 \(fn)" t nil)
22084 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22085 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22086 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22088 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22090 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22091 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22092 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22094 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22096 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22097 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22099 \(fn)" nil nil)
22101 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22102 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22104 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22105 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22107 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22108 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22110 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22112 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22114 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22116 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22117 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22119 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22120 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22122 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22123 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22125 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22127 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22129 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22131 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22132 foreground and background colors respectively.
22134 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22135 bold - use bold font.
22136 italic - use italic font.
22137 underline - put a line under text.
22138 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22139 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22140 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22141 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22142 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22144 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22146 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22148 ;;;***
22150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21834 32653 960520
22151 ;;;;;; 248000))
22152 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22153 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22155 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
22156 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
22157 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22159 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22161 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
22162 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
22163 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22165 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22167 ;;;***
22169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21855 577 407510
22170 ;;;;;; 166000))
22171 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22172 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 5)) package--builtin-versions)
22174 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
22176 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22178 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22179 Run an inferior Python process.
22181 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22182 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22183 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22184 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22185 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22187 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22188 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22189 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22190 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22192 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22193 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22194 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22196 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22198 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22199 Major mode for editing Python files.
22201 \\{python-mode-map}
22203 \(fn)" t nil)
22205 ;;;***
22207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
22208 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22210 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22211 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22212 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22213 coding-system.
22215 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22216 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22218 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22219 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22220 them into characters should be done separately.
22222 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22224 ;;;***
22226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21829 62890
22227 ;;;;;; 321199 861000))
22228 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22230 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22231 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22233 \(fn)" nil nil)
22235 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22236 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22237 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22239 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22240 `quail-activate', which see.
22242 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22244 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22245 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22246 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22247 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22248 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22249 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22250 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22252 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22253 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22254 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22255 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22256 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22257 shown.
22258 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22260 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22261 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22262 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22263 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22264 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22265 list of candidates.
22267 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22268 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22269 command to be called.
22271 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22272 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22273 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22274 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22276 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22277 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22278 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22279 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22280 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22281 to t.
22283 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22284 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22285 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22286 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22288 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22289 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22290 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22291 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22292 defines no translations for single character keys.
22294 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22295 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22296 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22297 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22298 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22299 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22301 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22302 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22303 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22304 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22305 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22306 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22308 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22309 covers Quail translation region.
22311 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22312 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22313 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22314 for it) is inserted.
22316 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22317 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22318 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22320 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22321 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22322 non-Quail commands.
22324 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22326 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22327 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22329 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22330 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22331 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22332 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22333 you type is correctly handled.
22335 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22337 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22338 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22340 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22341 keyboard type.
22343 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22345 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22346 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22347 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22348 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22349 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22350 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22351 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22352 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22353 for the translation.
22354 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22356 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22357 it is used to handle KEY.
22359 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22360 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22361 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22362 the following annotation types are supported.
22364 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22365 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22367 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22368 candidate list.
22370 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22371 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22372 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22373 inserted.
22375 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22376 generated for the following translations.
22378 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22380 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22381 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22383 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22384 which to install MAP.
22386 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22388 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22390 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22391 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22393 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22394 which to install MAP.
22396 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22398 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22400 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22401 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22402 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22403 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22404 a function, or a cons.
22405 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22406 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22407 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22408 for the translation.
22409 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22410 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22411 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22412 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22413 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22415 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22416 it is used to handle KEY.
22418 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22419 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22420 current Quail package.
22422 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22423 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22425 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22427 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22428 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22430 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22431 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22433 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22435 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22436 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22438 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22440 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22441 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22442 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22443 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22444 of the Emacs source tree.
22446 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22447 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22449 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22450 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22451 of each directory.
22453 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22455 ;;;***
22457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21770
22458 ;;;;;; 41522 196747 399000))
22459 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22461 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22462 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22463 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22464 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22466 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22468 ;;;***
22470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22471 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
22472 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22474 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22475 Activate UCS input method.
22476 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22478 While this input method is active, the variable
22479 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22481 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22483 ;;;***
22485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21670 32331 385639
22486 ;;;;;; 720000))
22487 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22489 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22490 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22491 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22492 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22494 To make use of this do something like:
22496 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22498 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22500 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22501 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22503 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22504 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22505 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22507 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22509 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22510 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22512 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22514 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22515 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22517 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22518 is decided.
22520 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22522 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22523 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22525 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22526 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22527 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22529 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22531 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22532 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22534 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22536 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22537 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22539 \(fn)" t nil)
22541 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22542 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22544 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22546 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22548 \(fn)" t nil)
22550 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22551 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22553 \(fn)" t nil)
22555 ;;;***
22557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21855 577 167944 784000))
22558 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22560 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22561 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22563 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22565 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22567 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22569 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22571 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22574 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22576 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22577 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22578 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22579 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22580 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22581 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22583 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22585 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22586 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22587 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22588 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22589 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22593 ;;;***
22595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21670
22596 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
22597 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22599 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22601 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22602 Construct a regexp interactively.
22603 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22604 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22605 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22607 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22608 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22610 \(fn)" t nil)
22612 ;;;***
22614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21852 24381 997231
22615 ;;;;;; 450000))
22616 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22618 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22619 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22620 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22621 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22622 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22623 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22625 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22627 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22628 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22629 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22630 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22631 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22633 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22634 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22635 were operated on recently.
22637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22639 ;;;***
22641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21803 38823 44085 519000))
22642 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22644 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22645 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22646 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22647 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22648 ends.
22650 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22651 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22652 to be deleted.
22654 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22656 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22657 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22658 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22660 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22661 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22662 deleted.
22664 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22666 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22667 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22668 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22670 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22672 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22673 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22675 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22676 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22678 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22679 deleted.
22681 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22682 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22683 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22684 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22685 even beep.)
22687 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22689 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22690 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22692 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22694 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22695 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22697 \(fn)" t nil)
22699 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22700 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22701 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22702 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22703 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22704 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22705 and point is at the lower right corner.
22707 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22709 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22710 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22712 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22713 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22715 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22716 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22717 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22719 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22721 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22723 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22724 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22725 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22726 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22727 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22729 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22730 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22732 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22734 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22735 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22736 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22738 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22740 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22742 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22744 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22745 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22747 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22748 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22749 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22751 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22753 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22754 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22755 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22757 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22758 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22759 rectangle which were empty.
22761 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22763 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22764 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22766 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22767 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22768 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22769 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22771 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22773 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22774 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22775 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22779 ;;;***
22781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21670 32331
22782 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
22783 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22785 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22786 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22787 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22788 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22789 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22791 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22792 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22793 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22794 auto-filling.
22796 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22800 ;;;***
22802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21833 60086
22803 ;;;;;; 84775 646000))
22804 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22805 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22806 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22807 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22808 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22810 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22811 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22813 \(fn)" nil nil)
22815 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22816 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22818 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22819 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22821 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22822 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22823 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22824 \\ref macro.
22826 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22827 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22828 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22830 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22831 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22832 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22834 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22835 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22837 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22838 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22840 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22841 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22842 on the menu bar.
22844 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22848 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22849 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22850 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22852 \(fn)" nil nil)
22854 ;;;***
22856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21887
22857 ;;;;;; 63409 948052 707000))
22858 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22859 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22860 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22861 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22862 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22864 ;;;***
22866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21670
22867 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
22868 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22870 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22871 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22872 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22873 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22874 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22875 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22877 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22878 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22880 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22881 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22882 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22883 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22885 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22887 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22888 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22889 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22890 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22892 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22894 ;;;***
22896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21670 32330 885624
22897 ;;;;;; 725000))
22898 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22899 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22901 ;;;***
22903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21670 32331
22904 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
22905 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22906 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22908 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22909 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22910 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22911 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22913 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22915 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22917 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22918 Call `remember' in another frame.
22920 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22922 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22923 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22924 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22926 \(fn)" t nil)
22928 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22929 Extract diary entries from the region.
22931 \(fn)" nil nil)
22933 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22934 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22935 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22936 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22938 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22940 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22941 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22942 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22943 minor mode.
22945 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22947 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22948 Return the buffer.
22950 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22951 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22952 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22954 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22956 ;;;***
22958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
22959 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22960 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22962 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22963 Repeat most recently executed command.
22964 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22965 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22966 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22968 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22969 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22970 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22971 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22973 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22974 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22975 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22977 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22979 ;;;***
22981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21670 32331
22982 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
22983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22985 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22986 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22988 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22989 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22990 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22991 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22992 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22993 and point is left after the salutation.
22995 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22996 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22997 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22998 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22999 left after that text.
23001 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23002 is non-nil.
23004 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23005 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23006 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23007 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23009 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23011 ;;;***
23013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21670 32331 885635
23014 ;;;;;; 586000))
23015 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23017 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23018 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23019 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23020 visibility of comments that precede it.
23021 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23022 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23023 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23024 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23025 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23026 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23027 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23028 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23029 the comment lines.
23030 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23031 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23032 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23033 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23034 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23038 ;;;***
23040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
23041 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23043 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23044 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
23045 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
23046 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23047 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23049 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
23050 reveals invisible text around point.
23052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23054 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23055 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23056 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23057 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23058 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23059 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23061 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23063 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23064 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
23065 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23067 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
23068 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23069 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23071 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23073 ;;;***
23075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21670 32330 885624
23076 ;;;;;; 725000))
23077 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23079 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23080 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23082 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23084 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23085 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23087 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23089 ;;;***
23091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21852 24381 727234
23092 ;;;;;; 912000))
23093 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23095 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23096 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23097 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23098 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23100 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23102 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23103 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23104 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23105 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23107 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23108 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23110 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23111 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23113 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23114 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23115 INPUT-ARGS.
23117 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23118 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23119 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23120 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23121 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23123 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23124 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23125 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23126 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23128 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23129 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23130 variable.
23132 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23134 ;;;***
23136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21862 60482 540812
23137 ;;;;;; 493000))
23138 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23140 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23141 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23143 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23145 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23147 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23148 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23149 Its name should end with a slash.")
23151 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23152 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23154 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23155 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23156 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23158 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23160 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23161 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23162 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23163 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23164 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23165 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23166 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23168 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23169 sent by you under different user names.
23170 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23172 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23174 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23176 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23178 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23179 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23180 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23181 explicitly.")
23183 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23185 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23186 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23187 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23188 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23189 which normally happens once for each message,
23190 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23191 To make a change in this variable take effect
23192 for a message that you have already viewed,
23193 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23195 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23197 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23198 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23199 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23200 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23202 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23204 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23205 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23207 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23209 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23210 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23211 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23213 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23215 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23216 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23217 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23218 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23219 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23220 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23222 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23224 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23225 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23227 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23229 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23230 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23232 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23234 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23235 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23237 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23238 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23240 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23242 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23243 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23245 This is set to nil by default.")
23247 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23248 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23249 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23250 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23251 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23252 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23253 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23255 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23256 Read and edit incoming mail.
23257 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23258 file in RMAIL Mode.
23259 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23261 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23262 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23263 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23264 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23266 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23268 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23270 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23271 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23272 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23273 Instead, these commands are available:
23275 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23276 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23277 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23278 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23279 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23280 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23281 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23282 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23283 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23284 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23285 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23286 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23287 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23288 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23289 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23290 till a deleted message is found.
23291 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23292 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23293 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23294 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23295 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23296 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23297 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23298 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23299 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23300 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23301 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23302 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23303 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23304 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23305 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23306 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23307 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23308 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23309 (label defaults to last one specified).
23310 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23311 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23312 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23313 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23314 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23315 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23316 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23317 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23318 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23320 \(fn)" t nil)
23322 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23323 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23325 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23327 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23328 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23330 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23332 ;;;***
23334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21670 32331
23335 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23336 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23337 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23339 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23340 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23341 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23342 case it writes Babyl.
23344 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23345 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23346 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23347 `rmail-default-file'.
23349 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23350 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23351 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23353 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23354 the header display is currently pruned.
23356 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23357 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23358 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23359 messages after output.
23361 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23362 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23363 message (if writing a file directly).
23365 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23366 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23368 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23370 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23371 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23372 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23373 i) the header is output as currently seen
23374 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23375 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23377 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23378 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23379 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23381 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23383 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23384 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23385 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23386 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23387 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23388 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23389 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23391 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23392 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23393 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23395 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23397 ;;;***
23399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21670 32331
23400 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23401 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23403 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23404 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23405 Return a pattern.
23407 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23409 ;;;***
23411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21670 32331
23412 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23413 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23415 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23416 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23417 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23418 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23420 \(fn)" t nil)
23422 ;;;***
23424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21670 32331
23425 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23426 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23428 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23429 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23431 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23432 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23433 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23434 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23435 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23436 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23437 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23438 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23439 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23440 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23442 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23443 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23444 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23445 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23446 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23447 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23448 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23449 to use for finding the schema.
23451 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23453 ;;;***
23455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21670 32331 385639
23456 ;;;;;; 720000))
23457 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23459 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23461 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23462 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23463 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23464 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23465 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23466 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23467 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23468 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23469 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23470 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23471 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23472 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23473 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23474 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23475 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23476 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23477 must be equal.
23479 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23481 ;;;***
23483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21824 5851
23484 ;;;;;; 711914 99000))
23485 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23487 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23488 Define a robin package.
23490 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23491 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23492 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23493 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23495 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23496 one replaces the old one.
23498 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23500 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23501 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23503 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23504 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23505 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23507 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23509 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23510 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23512 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23514 ;;;***
23516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
23517 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23519 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23520 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23522 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23524 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23525 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23527 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23529 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23530 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23532 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23534 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23535 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23536 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23538 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23539 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23540 in ROT13.
23542 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23544 \(fn)" t nil)
23546 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23547 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23549 \(fn)" t nil)
23551 ;;;***
23553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21852 24382 77263
23554 ;;;;;; 112000))
23555 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23556 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23558 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23559 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23560 \\<rst-mode-map>
23562 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23563 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23564 highlighting.
23566 \\{rst-mode-map}
23568 \(fn)" t nil)
23570 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23571 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23572 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23573 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23574 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23576 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23577 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23578 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23582 ;;;***
23584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21855
23585 ;;;;;; 577 437945 800000))
23586 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23587 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23589 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23590 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23592 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23594 \(fn)" t nil)
23596 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23598 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23600 ;;;***
23602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21906 58826 62640
23603 ;;;;;; 200000))
23604 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23605 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23607 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23608 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23609 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23611 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23612 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23613 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23614 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23615 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23619 ;;;***
23621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21807 35879 352666
23622 ;;;;;; 863000))
23623 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23625 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23626 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23627 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23628 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23630 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23632 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23633 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23634 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23636 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23637 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23638 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23640 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23641 notation.
23643 STRING
23644 matches string STRING literally.
23646 CHAR
23647 matches character CHAR literally.
23649 `not-newline', `nonl'
23650 matches any character except a newline.
23652 `anything'
23653 matches any character
23655 `(any SET ...)'
23656 `(in SET ...)'
23657 `(char SET ...)'
23658 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23659 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23660 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23662 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23663 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23664 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23665 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23667 `(not (any SET ...))'
23668 matches any character not in SET ...
23670 `line-start', `bol'
23671 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23672 in the text being matched
23674 `line-end', `eol'
23675 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23677 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23678 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23679 string being matched against.
23681 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23682 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23683 string being matched against.
23685 `buffer-start'
23686 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23687 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23689 `buffer-end'
23690 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23691 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23693 `point'
23694 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23696 `word-start', `bow'
23697 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23699 `word-end', `eow'
23700 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23702 `word-boundary'
23703 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23704 word.
23706 `(not word-boundary)'
23707 `not-word-boundary'
23708 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23709 word.
23711 `symbol-start'
23712 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23714 `symbol-end'
23715 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23717 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23718 matches 0 through 9.
23720 `control', `cntrl'
23721 matches ASCII control characters.
23723 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23724 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23726 `blank'
23727 matches space and tab only.
23729 `graphic', `graph'
23730 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23731 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23732 unassigned by Unicode.
23734 `printing', `print'
23735 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
23737 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23738 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
23739 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23741 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23742 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
23743 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23745 `ascii'
23746 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23748 `nonascii'
23749 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23751 `lower', `lower-case'
23752 matches anything lower-case.
23754 `upper', `upper-case'
23755 matches anything upper-case.
23757 `punctuation', `punct'
23758 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23759 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23761 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23762 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23764 `word', `wordchar'
23765 matches anything that has word syntax.
23767 `not-wordchar'
23768 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23770 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23771 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23772 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23773 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23775 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23776 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23777 `word' (\\sw)
23778 `symbol' (\\s_)
23779 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23780 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23781 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23782 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23783 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23784 `escape' (\\s\\)
23785 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23786 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23787 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23788 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23789 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23791 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23792 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23794 `(category CATEGORY)'
23795 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23796 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23798 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23799 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23800 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23801 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23802 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23803 `symbol' (\\c5)
23804 `digit' (\\c6)
23805 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23806 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23807 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23808 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23809 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23810 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23811 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23812 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23813 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23814 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23815 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23816 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23817 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23818 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23819 `ascii' (\\ca)
23820 `arabic' (\\cb)
23821 `chinese' (\\cc)
23822 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23823 `greek' (\\cg)
23824 `korean' (\\ch)
23825 `indian' (\\ci)
23826 `japanese' (\\cj)
23827 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23828 `latin' (\\cl)
23829 `lao' (\\co)
23830 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23831 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23832 `thai' (\\ct)
23833 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23834 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23835 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23836 `can-break' (\\c|)
23838 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23839 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23841 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23842 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23843 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23844 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23845 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23847 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23848 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23849 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23850 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23852 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23853 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23854 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23855 group number N.
23857 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23858 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23859 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23860 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23861 regular expression.
23863 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23864 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23865 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23866 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23867 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23869 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23870 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23872 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23873 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23875 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23876 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23877 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23879 `(* SEXP ...)'
23880 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23881 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23883 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23884 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23885 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23887 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23888 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23889 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23891 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23892 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23894 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23895 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23897 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23898 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23899 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23900 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23902 `(? SEXP ...)'
23903 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23905 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23906 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23908 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23909 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23910 matches N occurrences.
23912 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23913 matches N or more occurrences.
23915 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23916 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23917 matches N to M occurrences.
23919 `(backref N)'
23920 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23922 `(eval FORM)'
23923 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23924 `regexp-quote' it.
23926 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23927 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23929 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23931 ;;;***
23933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21670 32331
23934 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23935 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23936 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23938 ;;;***
23940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21670 32331 885635
23941 ;;;;;; 586000))
23942 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23943 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23945 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23946 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23947 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23948 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23949 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23950 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23952 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23954 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23955 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23956 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23957 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23958 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23960 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23961 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23962 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23963 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23965 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23966 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23967 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23971 ;;;***
23973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (21822 58098 20521
23974 ;;;;;; 61000))
23975 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
23977 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
23978 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
23979 See the command `save-place-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23980 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23981 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23982 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
23984 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
23986 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
23987 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
23988 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
23989 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
23991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23993 ;;;***
23995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21670 32331
23996 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23997 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23999 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24000 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24001 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24003 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24004 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24005 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24006 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24007 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24008 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24009 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24010 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24012 Commands:
24013 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24014 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24015 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24017 \(fn)" t nil)
24019 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24020 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24021 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24023 Commands:
24024 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24025 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24026 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24027 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24028 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24029 that variable's value is a string.
24031 \(fn)" t nil)
24033 ;;;***
24035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21670 32331
24036 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24037 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24039 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24040 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24041 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24043 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24045 \(fn)" t nil)
24047 ;;;***
24049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21670 32331 885635
24050 ;;;;;; 586000))
24051 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24053 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24054 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24055 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24056 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24057 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24058 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24060 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24062 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24063 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
24064 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
24065 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24066 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24068 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
24069 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24071 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24073 ;;;***
24075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21670 32331
24076 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
24077 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24079 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24080 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24081 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24082 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24083 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
24084 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
24085 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
24086 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
24088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24090 ;;;***
24092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21855 577 177946
24093 ;;;;;; 739000))
24094 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24095 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24096 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24098 ;;;***
24100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21679 47292
24101 ;;;;;; 556033 759000))
24102 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24103 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24105 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24106 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24107 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24109 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24110 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24111 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24112 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24113 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24114 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24115 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24116 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24117 keybinding for tag names.
24118 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
24119 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
24120 of the symbol under point.
24121 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
24122 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
24123 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
24124 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
24125 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
24126 syntax tokens.
24127 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
24129 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24131 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24132 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24133 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24134 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24135 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24136 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24138 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24140 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24141 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24142 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24143 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24144 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24146 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24147 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24148 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24149 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24150 Semantic mode.
24152 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24156 ;;;***
24158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24159 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
24160 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24162 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24163 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24165 \(fn)" t nil)
24167 ;;;***
24169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24170 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
24171 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24173 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24174 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24176 \(fn)" t nil)
24178 ;;;***
24180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21861 39358
24181 ;;;;;; 517945 150000))
24182 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24184 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24185 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24187 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
24188 king@grassland.com
24189 If `parens', they look like:
24190 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24191 If `angles', they look like:
24192 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24194 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24195 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24197 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24199 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24200 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24201 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24202 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24204 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24205 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24206 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24207 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24209 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24211 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24212 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24213 This is done when the message is initialized,
24214 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24216 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24218 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24219 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24220 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24222 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24224 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24225 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24226 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24227 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24228 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24229 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24230 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24232 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24234 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24235 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24237 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24239 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24240 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24241 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24242 be a Babyl file.")
24244 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24246 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24247 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24248 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24249 when you first send mail.")
24251 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24253 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24254 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24255 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24256 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24257 This file need not actually exist.")
24259 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24261 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24262 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24264 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24266 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24267 Alist of mail address aliases,
24268 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24269 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24270 can specify a different file name.)
24271 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24272 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24274 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24275 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24276 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24278 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24280 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24281 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24282 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24284 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24286 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24287 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24288 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24289 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24290 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24291 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24292 in the cited portion of the message.
24294 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24295 instead of no action.")
24297 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24299 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24300 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24301 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24302 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24303 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24305 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24307 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24308 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24309 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24310 If a string, that string is inserted.
24311 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24312 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24313 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24314 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24316 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24318 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24319 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24321 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24323 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24324 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24325 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24327 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24328 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24330 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24332 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24333 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24334 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24335 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24337 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24339 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24340 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24341 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24343 \(fn)" nil nil)
24345 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24347 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24350 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24352 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24353 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24354 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24356 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24357 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24359 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24360 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24361 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24362 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24363 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24364 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24365 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24366 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24367 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24368 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24369 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24370 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24371 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24372 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24374 \(fn)" t nil)
24376 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24377 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24378 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24379 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24381 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24383 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24384 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24385 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24386 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24387 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24388 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24390 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24391 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24392 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24394 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24395 User should not set this variable manually,
24396 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24397 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24398 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24400 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24401 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24402 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24403 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24405 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24406 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24408 \\<mail-mode-map>
24409 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24411 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24412 to move to message header fields:
24413 \\{mail-mode-map}
24415 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24416 when the message is initialized.
24418 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24419 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24421 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24422 is inserted.
24424 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24425 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24427 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24428 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24429 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24430 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24431 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24432 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24433 buffer without erasing the contents.
24435 The second through fifth arguments,
24436 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24437 the initial contents of those header fields.
24438 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24439 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24440 original message being replied to, or else an action
24441 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24442 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24443 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24444 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24445 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24446 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24448 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24450 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24451 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24453 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24455 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24456 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24458 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24460 ;;;***
24462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (21906 58825 966640
24463 ;;;;;; 200000))
24464 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24465 (push (purecopy '(seq 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
24467 ;;;***
24469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21906 27825 297852 407000))
24470 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24472 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24474 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24476 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24478 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24479 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24480 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24481 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24482 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24483 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24485 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24486 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24488 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24489 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24490 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24492 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24493 \\[server-start].
24495 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24497 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24498 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24499 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24500 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24502 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24504 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24505 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24506 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24507 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24508 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24509 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24511 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24513 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24514 Toggle Server mode.
24515 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24516 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24517 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24519 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24520 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24521 `server-start' for details.
24523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24525 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24526 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24527 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24529 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24530 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24532 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24534 ;;;***
24536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21855 577 487945 652000))
24537 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24539 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24540 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24542 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24543 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24544 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24545 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24546 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24548 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24549 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24550 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24551 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24552 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24553 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24555 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24556 displayed.
24558 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24559 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24560 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24562 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24563 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24565 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24566 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24568 \\{ses-mode-map}
24569 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24570 part):
24571 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24572 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24573 formula:
24574 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24576 \(fn)" t nil)
24578 ;;;***
24580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21839
24581 ;;;;;; 43859 371195 279000))
24582 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24584 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24585 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24586 Makes > match <.
24587 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24588 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24590 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24591 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24592 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24594 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24595 in your init file.
24597 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24599 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24600 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24601 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24603 \(fn)" t nil)
24605 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24606 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24607 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24608 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24609 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24610 which this is based.
24612 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24614 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24615 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24616 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24617 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24619 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24620 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24621 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24623 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24624 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24625 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24626 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24628 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24629 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24630 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24631 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24633 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24635 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24636 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24637 To work around that, do:
24638 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24640 \\{html-mode-map}
24642 \(fn)" t nil)
24644 ;;;***
24646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21880
24647 ;;;;;; 3758 862057 0))
24648 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24649 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24650 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24652 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24653 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24654 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24655 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24656 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24657 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24659 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24660 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24661 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24662 shell-specific features.
24664 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24665 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24666 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24667 \\<sh-mode-map>
24668 \\[sh-case] case statement
24669 \\[sh-for] for loop
24670 \\[sh-function] function definition
24671 \\[sh-if] if statement
24672 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24673 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24674 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24675 \\[sh-select] select loop
24676 \\[sh-until] until loop
24677 \\[sh-while] while loop
24679 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24680 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24681 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24682 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24683 would indent to the way it currently is.
24684 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24685 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24688 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24689 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24690 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24691 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24692 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24694 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24695 unquoted < insert a here document.
24697 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24698 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24699 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24701 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24702 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24704 \(fn)" t nil)
24706 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24708 ;;;***
24710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21670 32330
24711 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
24712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24714 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24715 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24717 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24718 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24719 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24721 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24722 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24723 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24724 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24725 the earlier.
24727 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24729 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24731 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24732 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24733 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24735 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24736 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24738 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24739 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24740 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24741 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24742 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24743 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24744 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24745 Emacs version).
24747 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24748 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24749 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24750 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24751 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24753 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24754 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24756 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24758 ;;;***
24760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21670 32331 885635
24761 ;;;;;; 586000))
24762 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24764 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24765 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24766 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24767 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24768 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24769 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24770 sites in the cluster.
24772 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24774 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24775 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24776 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24777 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24778 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24780 \(fn)" t nil)
24782 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24783 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24784 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24785 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24786 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24787 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24788 `shadow-define-cluster').
24790 \(fn)" t nil)
24792 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24793 Set up file shadowing.
24795 \(fn)" t nil)
24797 ;;;***
24799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21896 48221 754207 816000))
24800 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24802 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24803 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24804 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24805 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24806 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24807 arguments.")
24809 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24811 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24812 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24813 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24814 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24815 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24817 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24818 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24819 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24820 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24821 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24822 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24823 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24824 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24825 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24826 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24827 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24829 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24830 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24831 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24832 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24833 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24834 `default-process-coding-system'.
24836 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24837 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24838 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24839 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24841 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24843 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24845 ;;;***
24847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21837 20530 521200 565000))
24848 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24850 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24851 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24853 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24855 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24856 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24857 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24858 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24860 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24862 ;;;***
24864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21670 32331 385639
24865 ;;;;;; 720000))
24866 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24868 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24871 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24873 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24876 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24878 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24881 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24883 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24886 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24888 ;;;***
24890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21670 32331
24891 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24892 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24894 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24895 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24896 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24897 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24898 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24900 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24902 \(fn)" t nil)
24904 ;;;***
24906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21670 32331
24907 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24908 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24910 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24911 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24912 \\{simula-mode-map}
24913 Variables controlling indentation style:
24914 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24915 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24916 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24917 `simula-indent-level'
24918 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24919 `simula-substatement-offset'
24920 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24921 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24922 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24923 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24924 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24925 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24926 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24927 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24928 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24929 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24930 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24931 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24932 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24933 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24934 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24935 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24936 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24937 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24938 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24939 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24940 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24941 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24942 or nil if they should not be changed.
24943 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24944 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24945 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24946 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24948 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24949 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24951 \(fn)" t nil)
24953 ;;;***
24955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21862 60209 898658
24956 ;;;;;; 614000))
24957 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24959 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24960 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24962 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24963 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24964 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24965 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24967 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24969 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24971 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24972 Insert SKELETON.
24973 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24974 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24975 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24976 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24977 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24979 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24980 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24982 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24984 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24985 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24987 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24988 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24989 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24990 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24992 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24993 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24994 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24995 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24997 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24998 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24999 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25001 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25002 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25004 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25005 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25007 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
25008 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
25009 is at bol/eol
25010 _ interesting point, interregion here
25011 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25012 interesting point set by _
25013 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25014 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25015 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25016 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25017 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25018 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25019 nil skipped
25021 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25022 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25024 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
25025 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
25026 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
25027 as the first element when at bol.
25029 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
25030 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
25031 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
25032 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25033 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
25034 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25035 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
25036 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25038 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25039 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25040 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25041 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25042 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25043 available:
25045 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25046 then: insert previously read string once more
25047 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25048 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25049 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25051 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25052 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25054 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25056 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25057 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25059 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25060 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25061 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25062 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25063 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25064 such as backslash.
25066 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25067 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
25068 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
25069 twice for the others.
25071 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25073 ;;;***
25075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21670 32331
25076 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
25077 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25079 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25080 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25081 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25082 buffer names.
25084 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25086 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25087 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25088 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25089 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25090 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25091 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25095 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25096 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25097 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25099 \(fn)" t nil)
25101 ;;;***
25103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21670 32331 385639
25104 ;;;;;; 720000))
25105 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25107 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25108 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25109 A list of images is returned.
25111 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25113 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25114 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25115 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25117 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25119 ;;;***
25121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21670 32331
25122 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25123 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25125 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25128 \(fn)" nil nil)
25130 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25131 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25133 \(fn)" t nil)
25135 ;;;***
25137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21670 32331 385639
25138 ;;;;;; 720000))
25139 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25141 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25142 Play the Snake game.
25143 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25145 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25147 Snake mode keybindings:
25148 \\<snake-mode-map>
25149 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25150 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25151 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25152 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25153 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25154 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25155 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25157 \(fn)" t nil)
25159 ;;;***
25161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21670 32331
25162 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25163 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25165 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25166 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25167 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25168 Tab indents for C code.
25169 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25170 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25171 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25172 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25173 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25175 \(fn)" t nil)
25177 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25178 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25179 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25180 Tab indents for C code.
25181 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25182 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25183 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25184 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25185 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25187 \(fn)" t nil)
25189 ;;;***
25191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21849 48176 337264
25192 ;;;;;; 443000))
25193 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25195 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25196 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25197 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25198 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25199 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25201 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25205 ;;;***
25207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21670 32331
25208 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25209 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25211 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25212 Play Solitaire.
25214 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25215 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25216 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25217 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25218 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25219 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25220 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25221 check after each move or undo.)
25223 What is Solitaire?
25225 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25226 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25227 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25229 Le Solitaire
25230 ============
25232 o o o
25234 o o o
25236 o o o o o o o
25238 o o o . o o o
25240 o o o o o o o
25242 o o o
25244 o o o
25246 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25247 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25248 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25249 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25251 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25252 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25253 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25254 this: o o .
25256 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25257 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25259 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25261 o o o
25263 . o o
25265 o o . o o o o
25267 o . o o o o o
25269 o o o o o o o
25271 o o o
25273 o o o
25275 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25277 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25279 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25281 ;;;***
25283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
25284 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25285 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25287 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25288 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25290 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25291 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25292 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25293 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25294 contiguous.
25296 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25297 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25298 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25299 the sort order.
25301 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25302 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25304 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25305 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25306 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25307 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25308 is called.
25310 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25311 It should move point to the end of the record.
25313 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25314 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25315 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25316 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25317 starts at the beginning of the record.
25319 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25320 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25321 same as ENDRECFUN.
25323 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25324 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25325 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25326 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25327 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25328 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25329 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25331 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25333 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25334 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25335 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25336 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25337 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25338 the sort order.
25340 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25342 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25343 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25344 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25345 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25346 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25347 the sort order.
25349 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25351 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25352 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25353 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25354 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25355 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25356 the sort order.
25358 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25359 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25361 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25362 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25363 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25364 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25365 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25366 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25367 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25368 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25369 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25371 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25373 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25374 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25375 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25376 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25377 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25378 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25379 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25380 the sort order.
25382 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25384 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25385 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25386 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25387 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25389 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25390 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25392 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25393 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25394 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25395 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25396 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25397 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25398 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25399 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25401 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25403 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25404 the sort order.
25406 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25407 starting with the letter \"f\",
25408 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25410 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25412 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25413 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25414 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25415 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25416 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25417 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25418 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25419 the sort order.
25421 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25422 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25423 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25424 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25425 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25427 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25429 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25430 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25431 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25433 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25435 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25436 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25437 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25438 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25439 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25440 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25441 each repeated line.
25443 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25444 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25445 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25446 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25448 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25449 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25451 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25452 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25454 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25456 ;;;***
25458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21832 3464 481922 546000))
25459 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25461 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25462 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25463 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25464 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25465 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25466 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25468 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25470 ;;;***
25472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21670
25473 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
25474 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25476 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25477 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25479 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25480 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25481 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25483 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25485 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25486 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25487 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25488 server.
25490 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25492 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25493 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25494 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25496 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25498 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25499 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25500 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25501 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25502 Agent is plugged.
25504 \(fn)" t nil)
25506 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25507 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25508 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25509 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25511 \(fn)" t nil)
25513 ;;;***
25515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21670 32331 885635
25516 ;;;;;; 586000))
25517 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25519 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25521 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25522 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25523 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25524 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25525 supported at a time.
25526 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25527 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25531 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25532 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25533 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25534 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25536 \(fn)" t nil)
25538 ;;;***
25540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21670 32331 385639
25541 ;;;;;; 720000))
25542 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25544 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25545 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25547 \(fn)" t nil)
25549 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25550 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25552 \(fn)" nil nil)
25554 ;;;***
25556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21765 23600 805241
25557 ;;;;;; 145000))
25558 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25559 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25561 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25562 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25564 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25565 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25566 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25567 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25568 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25569 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25570 of the current highlighting list.
25572 For example:
25574 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25575 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25577 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25578 `_t' as data types.
25580 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25582 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25583 Major mode to edit SQL.
25585 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25586 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25587 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25589 \\{sql-mode-map}
25590 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25592 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25593 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25594 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25595 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25596 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25597 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25599 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25600 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25602 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25603 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25604 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25606 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25607 (lambda ()
25608 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25610 \(fn)" t nil)
25612 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25613 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25615 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25616 their settings.
25618 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25619 is specified in the connection settings.
25621 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25623 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25624 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25626 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25627 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25629 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25630 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25631 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25632 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25634 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25636 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25638 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25639 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25641 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25642 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25643 `*SQL*'.
25645 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25646 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25647 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25648 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25650 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25651 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25653 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25654 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25655 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25656 buffer.
25658 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25659 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25660 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25661 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25662 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25663 `default-process-coding-system'.
25665 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25667 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25669 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25670 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25672 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25673 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25674 `*SQL*'.
25676 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25677 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25678 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25679 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25681 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25682 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25684 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25685 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25686 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25687 buffer.
25689 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25690 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25691 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25692 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25693 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25694 `default-process-coding-system'.
25696 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25698 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25700 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25701 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25703 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25704 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25705 `*SQL*'.
25707 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25708 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25710 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25711 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25713 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25714 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25715 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25716 buffer.
25718 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25719 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25720 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25721 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25722 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25723 `default-process-coding-system'.
25725 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25727 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25729 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25730 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25732 SQLite is free software.
25734 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25735 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25736 `*SQL*'.
25738 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25739 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25740 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25741 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25743 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25744 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25746 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25747 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25748 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25749 buffer.
25751 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25752 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25753 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25754 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25755 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25756 `default-process-coding-system'.
25758 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25760 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25762 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25763 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25765 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25767 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25768 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25769 `*SQL*'.
25771 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25772 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25773 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25774 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25776 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25777 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25779 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25780 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25781 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25782 buffer.
25784 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25785 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25786 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25787 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25788 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25789 `default-process-coding-system'.
25791 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25793 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25795 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25796 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25798 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25799 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25800 `*SQL*'.
25802 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25803 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25804 defaults, if set.
25806 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25807 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25809 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25810 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25811 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25812 buffer.
25814 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25815 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25816 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25817 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25818 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25819 `default-process-coding-system'.
25821 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25823 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25825 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25826 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25828 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25829 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25830 `*SQL*'.
25832 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25833 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25835 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25836 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25838 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25839 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25840 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25841 buffer.
25843 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25844 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25845 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25846 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25847 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25848 `default-process-coding-system'.
25850 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25852 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25854 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25855 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25857 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25858 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25859 `*SQL*'.
25861 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25862 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25863 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25864 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25866 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25867 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25869 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25870 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25871 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25872 buffer.
25874 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25875 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25876 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25877 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25878 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25879 `default-process-coding-system'.
25881 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25883 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25885 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25886 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25888 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25889 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25890 `*SQL*'.
25892 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25893 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25894 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25895 `sql-postgres-options'.
25897 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25898 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25900 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25901 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25902 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25903 buffer.
25905 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25906 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25907 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25908 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25909 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25910 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25911 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25912 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25914 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25915 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25917 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25919 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25921 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25922 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25924 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25925 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25926 `*SQL*'.
25928 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25929 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25930 defaults, if set.
25932 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25933 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25935 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25936 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25937 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25938 buffer.
25940 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25941 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25942 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25943 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25944 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25945 `default-process-coding-system'.
25947 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25949 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25951 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25952 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25954 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25955 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25956 `*SQL*'.
25958 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25959 automatic login.
25961 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25962 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25964 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25965 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25966 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25967 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25969 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25970 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25971 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25972 buffer.
25974 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25975 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25976 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25977 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25978 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25979 `default-process-coding-system'.
25981 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25983 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25985 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25986 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25988 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25989 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25990 `*SQL*'.
25992 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25993 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25994 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25995 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25996 parameters.
25998 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25999 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26000 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26001 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26002 an empty password.
26004 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26005 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26007 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26008 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26009 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26010 buffer.
26012 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26014 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26016 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
26017 Run vsql as an inferior process.
26019 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26021 ;;;***
26023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21670 32330 885624
26024 ;;;;;; 725000))
26025 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
26026 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
26028 ;;;***
26030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26031 ;;;;;; (21891 60465 835679 523000))
26032 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26034 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26035 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26037 \(fn)" t nil)
26039 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26041 ;;;***
26043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21670 32331
26044 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
26045 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26047 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26048 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26049 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26050 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26051 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26052 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26053 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26054 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26055 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26056 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26057 with any buffer
26058 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26059 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26060 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26061 GnuTLS requires a port number.
26063 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26065 ;;;***
26067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21670 32331 885635
26068 ;;;;;; 586000))
26069 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26071 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26072 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26073 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
26074 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
26075 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26076 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26078 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26080 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26082 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26083 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26084 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26085 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26086 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26087 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26088 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26090 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26092 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26093 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26094 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26095 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26096 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26097 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26098 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26100 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26102 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26103 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26104 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26106 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26108 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26109 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26110 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26112 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26114 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26115 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26117 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26119 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26120 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26122 \(fn)" t nil)
26124 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26125 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26127 \(fn)" t nil)
26129 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26130 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26131 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
26132 by command name.
26133 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26135 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26137 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26138 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26139 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26140 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26141 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26142 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26144 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26146 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26147 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26148 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26149 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
26150 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26152 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26153 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26154 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26155 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26156 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26158 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26159 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26160 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26161 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26163 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26167 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26168 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26169 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26170 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26172 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26174 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26175 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26177 \(fn)" t nil)
26179 ;;;***
26181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21607 54478 800121
26182 ;;;;;; 42000))
26183 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26185 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26186 Studlify-case the region.
26188 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26190 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26191 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26193 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26195 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26196 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26198 \(fn)" t nil)
26200 ;;;***
26202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21670 32331
26203 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
26204 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26206 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26208 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26209 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26210 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26211 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26212 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26214 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26215 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26216 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26217 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26219 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26220 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26221 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26223 Nomenclature Subwords
26224 ===========================================================
26225 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26226 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26227 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26229 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26230 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26232 \\{subword-mode-map}
26234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26236 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26237 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26238 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26239 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26240 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26241 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26243 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26245 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26246 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26247 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26248 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26249 ARG is omitted or nil.
26251 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26252 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26253 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26257 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26258 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26259 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26260 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26261 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26263 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26264 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26265 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26266 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26268 \\{superword-mode-map}
26270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26272 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26273 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26274 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26275 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26276 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26277 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26279 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26281 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26282 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26283 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26284 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26285 ARG is omitted or nil.
26287 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26288 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26289 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26293 ;;;***
26295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21852 24381
26296 ;;;;;; 697240 10000))
26297 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26299 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26300 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26301 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26302 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26303 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26304 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26305 original message but it does require a few things:
26307 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26309 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26310 reply buffer.
26312 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26313 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26314 original message.
26316 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26318 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26320 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26321 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26322 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26324 \(fn)" nil nil)
26326 ;;;***
26328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21670 32331 885635
26329 ;;;;;; 586000))
26330 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26332 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26334 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26335 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26336 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26337 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26338 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26339 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26341 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26343 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26344 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26345 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26346 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26347 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26349 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26350 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26351 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26355 ;;;***
26357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
26358 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26360 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26361 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26362 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26363 buffer.
26365 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26366 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26367 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26369 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26371 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26372 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26373 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26374 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26375 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26376 buffer.
26378 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26379 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26380 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26382 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26384 ;;;***
26386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21804 59688 284811
26387 ;;;;;; 0))
26388 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26390 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26391 Insert an editable text table.
26392 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26393 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26394 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26395 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26396 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26397 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26398 delimiting them.
26400 Examples:
26402 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26404 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26405 location of point.
26409 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26410 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26411 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26412 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26413 first cell.
26415 +-----+-----+-----+
26416 |-!- | | |
26417 +-----+-----+-----+
26419 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26421 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26422 width, which results as
26424 +--------------+-----+-----+
26425 |-!- | | |
26426 +--------------+-----+-----+
26428 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26429 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26431 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26432 | | |-!- |
26433 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26435 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26436 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26437 width information to `table-insert'.
26439 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26441 instead of
26443 Cell width(s): 5
26445 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26446 work all together.
26448 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26449 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26451 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26452 |-!- | | |
26453 | | | |
26454 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26456 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26458 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26459 |-!- | | |
26460 | | | |
26461 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26462 | | | |
26463 | | | |
26464 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26466 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26468 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26469 | | | |
26470 | | | |
26471 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26472 | | | |
26473 | | | |
26474 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26477 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26478 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26479 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26481 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26482 | | | |
26483 | | | |
26484 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26485 | | | |
26486 | | | |
26487 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26488 |-!- | | |
26489 | | | |
26490 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26492 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26493 results.
26495 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26496 | | | |
26497 | | | |
26498 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26499 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26500 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26501 | | |expected results.-!- |
26502 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26503 | | | |
26504 | | | |
26505 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26507 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26509 \\{table-cell-map}
26511 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26513 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26514 Insert N table row(s).
26515 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26516 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26517 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26518 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26520 \(fn N)" t nil)
26522 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26523 Insert N table column(s).
26524 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26525 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26526 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26527 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26529 \(fn N)" t nil)
26531 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26532 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26533 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26535 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26537 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26538 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26539 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26540 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26541 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26542 all the table specific features.
26544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26546 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26549 \(fn)" t nil)
26551 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26552 Recognize all tables within region.
26553 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26554 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26555 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26556 specific features.
26558 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26560 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26563 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26565 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26566 Recognize a table at point.
26567 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26568 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26569 the table specific features.
26571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26573 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26576 \(fn)" t nil)
26578 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26579 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26580 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26581 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26582 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26583 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26584 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26586 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26588 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26591 \(fn)" t nil)
26593 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26594 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26595 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26596 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26597 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26598 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26599 specified.
26601 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26603 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26604 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26605 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26606 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26607 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26608 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26609 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26610 table structure.
26612 \(fn N)" t nil)
26614 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26615 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26616 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26617 table's rectangle structure.
26619 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26621 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26622 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26623 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26624 table's rectangle structure.
26626 \(fn N)" t nil)
26628 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26629 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26630 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26631 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26632 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26634 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26636 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26637 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26638 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26640 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26641 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26642 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26643 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26644 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26645 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26646 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26648 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26649 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26650 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26651 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26652 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26653 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26654 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26656 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26657 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26658 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26659 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26660 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26661 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26662 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26663 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26665 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26667 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26668 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26669 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26670 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26674 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26675 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26676 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26678 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26680 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26681 Split current cell vertically.
26682 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26684 \(fn)" t nil)
26686 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26687 Split current cell horizontally.
26688 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26690 \(fn)" t nil)
26692 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26693 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26694 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26696 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26698 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26699 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26700 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26701 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26703 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26705 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26706 Justify cell contents.
26707 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26708 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26709 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26710 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26712 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26714 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26715 Justify cells of a row.
26716 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26717 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26719 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26721 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26722 Justify cells of a column.
26723 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26724 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26726 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26728 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26729 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26730 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26731 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26732 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26733 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26734 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26735 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26736 run-time.
26738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26740 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26741 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26742 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26743 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26744 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26745 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26746 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26747 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26748 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26749 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26750 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26752 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26754 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26755 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26756 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26757 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26758 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26759 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26760 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26761 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26762 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26763 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26764 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26765 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26766 untouched.
26768 References used for this implementation:
26770 HTML:
26771 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26773 LaTeX:
26774 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26776 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26777 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26778 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26780 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26782 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26783 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26784 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26785 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26786 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26787 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26788 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26789 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26790 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26791 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26792 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26793 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26794 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26795 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26796 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26797 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26798 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26800 Example:
26802 (progn
26803 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26804 (table-forward-cell 15)
26805 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26806 (table-forward-cell 16)
26807 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26808 (table-forward-cell 1)
26809 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26811 (progn
26812 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26813 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26814 (table-forward-cell 1)
26815 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26817 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26819 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26820 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26821 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26822 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26823 consists from cells of same height.
26825 \(fn N)" t nil)
26827 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26828 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26829 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26830 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26831 column must consists from cells of same width.
26833 \(fn N)" t nil)
26835 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26836 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26837 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26838 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26839 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26840 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26841 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26842 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26843 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26844 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26845 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26846 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26847 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26848 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26849 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26852 Example 1:
26854 1, 2, 3, 4
26855 5, 6, 7, 8
26856 , 9, 10
26858 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26859 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26860 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26861 specified as 5.
26863 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26864 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26865 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26866 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26867 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26868 | | 9 | 10 | |
26869 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26871 Note:
26873 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26874 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26875 of each row is optional.
26878 Example 2:
26880 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26881 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26882 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26883 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26884 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26886 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26887 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26889 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26890 expression and raw delimiter regular
26891 expression, it parses the specified text
26892 area and extracts cell items from
26893 non-table text and then forms a table out
26894 of them.
26896 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26897 creates a single cell table. The text in
26898 the specified region is placed in that
26899 cell.-*-
26901 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26902 like this.
26904 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26905 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26906 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26908 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26909 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26910 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26911 | area and extracts cell items from |
26912 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26913 | of them. |
26915 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26916 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26917 | the specified region is placed in that |
26918 | cell. |
26919 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26921 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26922 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26923 independently.
26925 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26926 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26927 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26928 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26929 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26930 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26931 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26932 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26933 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26934 | |of them. |
26935 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26936 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26937 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26938 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26939 | |cell. |
26940 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26942 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26943 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26944 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26946 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26948 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26949 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26950 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26951 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26952 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26954 \(fn)" t nil)
26956 ;;;***
26958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
26959 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26961 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26962 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26964 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26966 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26967 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26969 \(fn)" t nil)
26971 ;;;***
26973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21704 50495 455324
26974 ;;;;;; 752000))
26975 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26977 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26978 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26979 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26980 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26981 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26982 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26983 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26985 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26986 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26987 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26988 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26990 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26991 \\{tar-mode-map}
26993 \(fn)" t nil)
26995 ;;;***
26997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21842 42581 539414
26998 ;;;;;; 570000))
26999 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27001 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27002 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27003 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27004 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27005 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27006 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27008 Variables controlling indentation style:
27009 `tcl-indent-level'
27010 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27011 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27012 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27014 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27015 documentation for details):
27016 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27017 Controls action of TAB key.
27018 `tcl-auto-newline'
27019 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27020 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27021 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27022 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27023 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27025 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27026 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27027 already exist.
27029 \(fn)" t nil)
27031 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27032 Run inferior Tcl process.
27033 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27034 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27036 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27038 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27039 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27040 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27042 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27044 ;;;***
27046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21852 24381 767239
27047 ;;;;;; 782000))
27048 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27050 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27051 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27052 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27053 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27055 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27056 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27057 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27058 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27059 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27061 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27063 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27064 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27065 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27066 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27068 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27070 ;;;***
27072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21798 49947 262665 54000))
27073 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27075 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27076 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27077 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27078 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27079 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27080 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27082 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27084 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27085 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27086 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27087 commands to use in that buffer.
27089 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27091 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27093 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27094 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27096 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27098 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27099 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27100 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27101 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27102 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27103 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27104 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27105 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27106 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27107 use in that buffer.
27108 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27110 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27112 ;;;***
27114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21834
27115 ;;;;;; 29303 521933 754000))
27116 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27118 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27119 Start coverage on function under point.
27121 \(fn)" t nil)
27123 ;;;***
27125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21670 32331 385639
27126 ;;;;;; 720000))
27127 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27128 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27130 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27131 Play the Tetris game.
27132 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27133 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27134 as to form complete rows.
27136 tetris-mode keybindings:
27137 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27138 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27139 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27140 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27141 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27142 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27143 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27144 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27145 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27147 \(fn)" t nil)
27149 ;;;***
27151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21862 60209
27152 ;;;;;; 908658 140000))
27153 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27155 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27156 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27158 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27160 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27161 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27162 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27163 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27164 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27166 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27168 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27169 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27170 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27171 if it matches the first line of the file,
27172 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27174 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27176 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27177 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27178 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27179 if the variable is non-nil.")
27181 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27183 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27184 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27186 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27188 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27189 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27190 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27191 See the documentation of that variable.")
27193 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27195 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27196 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27197 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27198 See the documentation of that variable.")
27200 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27202 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27203 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27204 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27205 See the documentation of that variable.")
27207 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27209 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27210 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27211 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27212 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27213 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27215 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27217 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27218 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27219 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27220 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27222 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27224 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27225 User defined LaTeX block names.
27226 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27228 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27230 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27231 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27232 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27233 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27235 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27237 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27238 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27239 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27240 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27242 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27244 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27245 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27246 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27247 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27249 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27250 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27251 for example,
27253 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27254 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27256 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27257 use.")
27259 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27261 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27262 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27263 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27264 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27265 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27267 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27269 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27271 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27272 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27273 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27275 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27277 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27278 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27279 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27280 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27281 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27283 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27285 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27286 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27288 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27290 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27291 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27293 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27295 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27296 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27297 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27298 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27299 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27300 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27301 says which mode to use.
27303 \(fn)" t nil)
27305 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27307 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27309 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27311 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27312 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27313 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27314 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27315 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27317 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27318 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27319 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27320 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27321 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27322 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27323 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27325 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27326 mismatched $'s or braces.
27328 Special commands:
27329 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27331 Mode variables:
27332 tex-run-command
27333 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27334 tex-directory
27335 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27336 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27337 tex-dvi-print-command
27338 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27339 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27340 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27341 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27342 tex-dvi-view-command
27343 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27344 tex-show-queue-command
27345 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27346 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27348 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27349 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27350 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27352 \(fn)" t nil)
27354 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27355 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27356 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27357 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27358 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27360 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27361 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27362 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27363 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27364 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27365 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27366 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27368 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27369 mismatched $'s or braces.
27371 Special commands:
27372 \\{latex-mode-map}
27374 Mode variables:
27375 latex-run-command
27376 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27377 tex-directory
27378 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27379 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27380 tex-dvi-print-command
27381 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27382 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27383 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27384 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27385 tex-dvi-view-command
27386 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27387 tex-show-queue-command
27388 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27389 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27391 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27392 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27393 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27395 \(fn)" t nil)
27397 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27398 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27399 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27400 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27401 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27403 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27404 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27405 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27406 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27407 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27408 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27409 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27411 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27412 mismatched $'s or braces.
27414 Special commands:
27415 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27417 Mode variables:
27418 slitex-run-command
27419 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27420 tex-directory
27421 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27422 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27423 tex-dvi-print-command
27424 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27425 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27426 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27427 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27428 tex-dvi-view-command
27429 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27430 tex-show-queue-command
27431 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27432 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27434 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27435 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27436 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27437 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27439 \(fn)" t nil)
27441 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27444 \(fn)" nil nil)
27446 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27447 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27449 \(fn)" t nil)
27451 ;;;***
27453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21907 48688
27454 ;;;;;; 825360 195000))
27455 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27457 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27458 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27459 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27460 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27462 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27463 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27464 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27466 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27468 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27469 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27470 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27471 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27472 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27474 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27476 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27477 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27478 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27479 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27481 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27482 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27483 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27484 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27486 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27487 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27489 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27491 ;;;***
27493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21862 60209
27494 ;;;;;; 928657 362000))
27495 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27497 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27498 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27500 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27502 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27503 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27505 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27507 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27508 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27510 It has these extra commands:
27511 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27513 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27514 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27515 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27516 modified version of TeX input format.
27518 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27519 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27520 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27521 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27523 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27524 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27525 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27526 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27527 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27528 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27529 in the Texinfo file.
27531 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27532 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27533 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27534 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27535 move forward past the closing brace.
27537 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27538 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27540 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27541 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27542 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27544 Here are the functions:
27546 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27547 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27548 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27550 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27551 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27552 texinfo-master-menu
27554 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27556 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27557 which menu descriptions are indented.
27559 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27560 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27561 in the region.
27563 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27564 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27565 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27566 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27568 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27569 be the first node in the file.
27571 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27572 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27574 \(fn)" t nil)
27576 ;;;***
27578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21670
27579 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
27580 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27582 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27583 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27584 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27585 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27587 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27589 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27590 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27592 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27594 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27595 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27597 \(fn)" t nil)
27599 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27602 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27604 ;;;***
27606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21882 2522 257758
27607 ;;;;;; 815000))
27608 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27610 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27611 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27612 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27613 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27614 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27615 `line', and `page'.
27617 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27619 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27620 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27621 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27622 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27623 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27624 `line', and `page'.
27626 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27627 valid THING.
27629 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27630 positions of the thing found.
27632 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27634 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27635 Return the THING at point.
27636 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27637 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27638 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27639 `line', `number', and `page'.
27641 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27642 strip text properties from the return value.
27644 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27645 a symbol as a valid THING.
27647 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27649 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27650 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27652 \(fn)" nil nil)
27654 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27655 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27657 \(fn)" nil nil)
27659 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27660 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27662 \(fn)" nil nil)
27664 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27665 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27667 \(fn)" nil nil)
27669 ;;;***
27671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
27672 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27674 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27675 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27677 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27679 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27680 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27681 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27682 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27684 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27686 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27687 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27689 \(fn)" t nil)
27691 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27692 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27694 \(fn)" t nil)
27696 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27698 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27699 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27701 \(fn)" t nil)
27703 ;;;***
27705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21670
27706 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
27707 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27709 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27710 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27711 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27713 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27715 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27716 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27718 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27720 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27721 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27722 The returned string has no composition information.
27724 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27726 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27727 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27729 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27731 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27732 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27734 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27736 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27737 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27738 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27739 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27741 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27743 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27744 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27745 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27746 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27748 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27750 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27751 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27752 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27754 \(fn)" t nil)
27756 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27757 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27758 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27760 \(fn)" t nil)
27762 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27765 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27767 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27770 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27772 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27775 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27777 ;;;***
27779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21852 24382
27780 ;;;;;; 87256 328000))
27781 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27782 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27784 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27785 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27786 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27787 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27788 parameters.
27789 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27790 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27791 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27793 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27795 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27796 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27797 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27798 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27799 parameters.
27800 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27801 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27802 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27804 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27806 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
27807 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
27810 * character before point is a space character,
27811 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
27812 constituent),
27813 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
27814 characters) from before the space character, and
27815 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
27816 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
27817 return t.
27819 Otherwise, if
27820 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
27821 * character before point is a space character, and
27822 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
27823 `tildify-space-string' variable,
27824 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
27826 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
27828 \(fn)" t nil)
27830 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
27831 Adds electric behaviour to space character.
27833 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
27834 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
27835 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
27836 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
27838 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
27839 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
27840 variable will be set to the representation.
27842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27844 ;;;***
27846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21907 48688 857360 195000))
27847 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27849 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27850 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27852 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27853 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27855 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27856 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27857 This display updates automatically every minute.
27858 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27859 are displayed as well.
27860 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27862 \(fn)" t nil)
27864 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27865 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27866 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27867 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27868 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27869 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27871 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27873 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27874 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27875 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27876 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27877 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27879 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27880 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27881 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27882 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27883 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27887 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27888 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27889 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27890 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27892 \(fn)" t nil)
27894 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27895 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27896 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27897 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27899 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27901 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27902 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27904 \(fn)" t nil)
27906 ;;;***
27908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21670
27909 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
27910 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27912 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27913 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27914 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27916 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27917 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27918 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27919 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27920 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27921 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27923 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27924 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
27926 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27928 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27929 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27931 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27933 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27934 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27935 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27937 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27939 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27940 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
27941 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
27942 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
27944 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27945 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27946 DATE should be a date-time string.
27948 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27950 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27951 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27952 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27954 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27956 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27957 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27959 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27961 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27962 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27964 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27966 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27967 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27968 TIME should be a time value.
27969 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27971 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27973 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27974 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27975 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27977 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27979 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27980 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27981 The valid format specifiers are:
27982 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27983 %d is the number of days.
27984 %h is the number of hours.
27985 %m is the number of minutes.
27986 %s is the number of seconds.
27987 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27988 %% is a literal \"%\".
27990 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27991 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27993 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27994 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27995 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27997 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27998 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27999 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28001 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28003 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28005 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
28006 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
28008 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
28010 ;;;***
28012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21670 32331 885635
28013 ;;;;;; 586000))
28014 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28015 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28016 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28017 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28018 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28019 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28020 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28021 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28022 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28024 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28025 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28026 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28027 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
28028 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28029 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28030 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28031 look like one of the following:
28032 Time-stamp: <>
28033 Time-stamp: \" \"
28034 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28035 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28036 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28037 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28038 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28039 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28040 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28041 the template.
28043 \(fn)" t nil)
28045 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28046 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28047 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28051 ;;;***
28053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21670
28054 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
28055 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28056 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28058 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
28059 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
28060 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
28061 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28062 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28063 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
28065 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
28067 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
28068 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
28069 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28070 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
28071 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28072 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28073 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
28074 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
28075 display (non-nil means on).
28077 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28079 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28080 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28081 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28082 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28083 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28084 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28085 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28086 this function is called within a day.
28088 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28089 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28090 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28091 discover the name of the project.
28093 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28095 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28096 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28097 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28098 begun during the last time segment.
28100 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28101 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28102 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28103 discover the reason.
28105 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28107 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28108 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28109 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28110 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28111 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28113 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28115 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28116 Change to working on a different project.
28117 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28118 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28119 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28120 working on.
28122 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28124 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28125 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28126 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28128 \(fn)" nil nil)
28130 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28131 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28132 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28134 \(fn)" t nil)
28136 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28137 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28138 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28139 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28140 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28141 \"relative to today\".
28143 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28145 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28146 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28147 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28148 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28150 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28152 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28153 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28154 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28155 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28156 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28157 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28159 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28161 ;;;***
28163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28164 ;;;;;; (21874 379 470923 336000))
28165 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28167 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28168 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28169 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28170 the generated Quail package is saved.
28172 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28174 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28175 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28176 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28177 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28178 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28179 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28180 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28182 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28184 ;;;***
28186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21907 48688 873360 195000))
28187 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28188 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28189 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28191 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28192 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28193 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28194 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28195 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28197 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28198 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28199 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28201 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28203 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28204 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28205 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28206 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28207 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28209 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28211 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28212 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28213 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28214 in the menu in two ways:
28215 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28216 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28217 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28219 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28220 keymap or an alist of alists.
28221 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28222 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28224 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28226 ;;;***
28228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21893
28229 ;;;;;; 15793 471985 415000))
28230 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28232 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28233 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28235 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
28236 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
28237 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
28238 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
28239 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28240 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28241 file was last visited.
28243 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28244 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28245 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28246 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28247 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28248 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28249 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28250 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28251 for the first item.
28253 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28254 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28255 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28256 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28257 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28258 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28259 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28260 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28262 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28263 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28264 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28265 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28266 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28268 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28269 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28271 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28273 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28274 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28276 \\{todo-mode-map}
28278 \(fn)" t nil)
28280 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28281 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28283 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28285 \(fn)" t nil)
28287 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28288 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28290 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28292 \(fn)" t nil)
28294 ;;;***
28296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21670 32331 885635
28297 ;;;;;; 586000))
28298 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28300 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28301 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28302 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28306 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28307 Add an item to the tool bar.
28308 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28309 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28310 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28311 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28313 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28314 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28315 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28316 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28318 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28319 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28321 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28323 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28324 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28325 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28326 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28327 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28328 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28330 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28331 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28332 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28333 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28335 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28337 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28338 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28339 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28340 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28341 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28342 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28343 properties to add to the binding.
28345 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28347 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28348 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28350 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28352 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28353 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28354 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28355 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28356 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28357 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28358 properties to add to the binding.
28360 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28361 holds a keymap.
28363 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28365 ;;;***
28367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21670 32330 885624
28368 ;;;;;; 725000))
28369 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28371 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28372 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28373 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28374 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28375 to a tcp server on another machine.
28377 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28379 ;;;***
28381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21670 32330
28382 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
28383 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28385 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28386 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28388 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28390 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28391 Helper function to get internal values.
28392 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28394 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28396 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28397 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28398 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28399 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28401 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28402 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28403 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28404 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28405 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28407 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28408 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28409 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28410 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28412 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28414 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28416 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28417 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28418 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28419 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28421 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28423 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28425 ;;;***
28427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21869 33455 50802 161000))
28428 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28430 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28431 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28432 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28434 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28436 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28437 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28439 It can have the following values:
28441 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28442 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28444 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28446 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28447 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28448 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28449 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28451 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28453 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28454 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28455 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28456 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28458 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28459 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28460 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28461 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28462 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28463 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28464 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28465 files which are not really Tramp files.
28467 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28468 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28469 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28470 updated after changing this variable.
28472 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28474 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28475 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28476 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28477 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28479 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28481 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28482 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28483 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28484 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28486 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28487 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28488 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28490 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28491 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28492 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28493 updated after changing this variable.
28495 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28497 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28498 Alist of completion handler functions.
28499 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28500 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28501 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28503 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28504 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28505 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28506 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28508 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28509 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28510 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28512 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28513 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory "/")) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28515 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28516 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28518 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28520 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28523 \(fn)" nil nil)
28525 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28526 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28528 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28530 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28531 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28533 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28535 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28536 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28538 \(fn)" t nil)
28540 ;;;***
28542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21670 32331
28543 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
28544 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28546 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28549 \(fn)" nil nil)
28551 ;;;***
28553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21670 32331 885635
28554 ;;;;;; 586000))
28555 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28557 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28558 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28559 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28560 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28561 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28562 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28563 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28564 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28566 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28567 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28568 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28570 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28571 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28572 resumed later.
28574 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28576 ;;;***
28578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21855 577
28579 ;;;;;; 57945 485000))
28580 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28582 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28585 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28587 ;;;***
28589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21670
28590 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
28591 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28592 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28593 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28594 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28596 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28597 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28598 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28599 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28600 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28601 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28602 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28604 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28606 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28607 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28608 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28609 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28611 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28613 \(fn)" t nil)
28615 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28616 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28617 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28618 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28619 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28620 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28621 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28623 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28624 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28626 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28627 \\___/\\
28628 / \\
28629 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28631 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28633 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28635 ;;;***
28637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21855 577 527945
28638 ;;;;;; 248000))
28639 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28641 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28642 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28643 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28644 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28645 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28646 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28648 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28650 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28651 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28652 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28654 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28655 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28656 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28657 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28658 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28659 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28660 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28662 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28663 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28665 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28666 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28667 reset the keystroke counter.
28669 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28670 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28671 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28672 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28674 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28675 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28676 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28677 `type-break-schedule' command.
28679 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28680 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28681 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28682 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28683 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28684 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28685 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28686 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28687 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28689 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28690 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28691 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28692 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28693 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28695 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28696 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28697 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28698 approximate good values for this.
28700 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28701 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28703 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28704 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28705 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28706 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28707 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28708 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28710 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28711 a typing break occur. They include:
28713 `type-break-query-mode'
28714 `type-break-query-function'
28715 `type-break-query-interval'
28717 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28719 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28720 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28721 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28722 problems.
28724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28726 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28727 Take a typing break.
28729 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28730 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28732 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28733 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28735 \(fn)" t nil)
28737 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28738 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28739 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28740 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28742 \(fn)" t nil)
28744 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28745 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28747 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28748 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28749 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28750 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28751 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28752 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28753 average typing speed.)
28755 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28756 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28757 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28758 the computed maximum threshold.
28760 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28761 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28762 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28763 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28764 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28766 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28768 ;;;***
28770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
28771 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28773 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28774 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28775 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28776 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28777 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28779 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28781 ;;;***
28783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28784 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
28785 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28787 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28788 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28790 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28792 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28793 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28795 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28797 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28798 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28800 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28802 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28803 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28805 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28807 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28808 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28810 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28812 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28813 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28815 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28817 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28818 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28820 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28822 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28823 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28825 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28827 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28828 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28830 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28832 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28833 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28835 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28837 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28838 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28840 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28842 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28843 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28845 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28847 ;;;***
28849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21670
28850 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
28851 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28853 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28854 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28855 Works by overstriking underscores.
28856 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28857 which specify the range to operate on.
28859 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28861 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28862 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28863 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28864 which specify the range to operate on.
28866 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28868 ;;;***
28870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21670 32331 385639
28871 ;;;;;; 720000))
28872 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28874 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28875 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28876 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28877 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28878 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28879 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28881 \(fn)" nil nil)
28883 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28884 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28885 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28887 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28889 ;;;***
28891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21670 32330
28892 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
28893 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28895 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28896 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28897 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28898 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28900 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28902 ;;;***
28904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
28905 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28907 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28908 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28909 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28910 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28911 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28913 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28914 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28915 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28916 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28917 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28918 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28920 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28921 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28922 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28924 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28925 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28926 the callback is not called).
28928 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28929 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28930 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28931 take effect.
28933 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28934 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28935 the server.
28936 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28937 URL-encoded before it's used.
28939 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28941 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28942 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28943 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28944 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28945 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28947 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28949 ;;;***
28951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21670 32331 885635
28952 ;;;;;; 586000))
28953 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28955 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28956 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28957 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28959 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28960 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28961 `url-generic-parse-url'
28962 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28963 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28964 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28965 realm
28966 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28967 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28968 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28969 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28970 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28971 what type of auth to use
28972 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28973 if one cannot be found in the cache
28975 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28977 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28978 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28980 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28981 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28982 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28983 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28984 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28985 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28986 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28987 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28989 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28991 ;;;***
28993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21670 32331
28994 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
28995 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28997 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28998 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29000 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29002 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29003 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29004 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29006 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29008 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29009 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29011 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29013 ;;;***
29015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21670 32331 885635
29016 ;;;;;; 586000))
29017 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29019 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29022 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29024 ;;;***
29026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21696 56380 925320
29027 ;;;;;; 624000))
29028 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29030 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29031 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
29032 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
29034 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29036 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
29037 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
29038 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
29039 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
29041 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
29042 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
29043 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
29044 though.
29046 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
29048 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
29049 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
29050 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
29052 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
29054 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29057 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29059 ;;;***
29061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21670 32331 885635
29062 ;;;;;; 586000))
29063 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29065 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29066 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29068 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29070 ;;;***
29072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21670 32331 885635
29073 ;;;;;; 586000))
29074 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29076 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29077 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29079 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29081 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29082 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29083 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29084 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29085 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29087 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
29088 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
29090 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
29092 ;;;***
29094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21841
29095 ;;;;;; 54062 172628 227000))
29096 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29098 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29099 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29100 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29101 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29102 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29103 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29105 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29107 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29108 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29109 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29110 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29111 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29115 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29116 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29117 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29118 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29120 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29122 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29123 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29124 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29125 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29126 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29127 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29128 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29129 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29130 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29131 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29133 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29135 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29136 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29137 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29138 accessible.
29140 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29142 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29145 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29147 ;;;***
29149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21837 20526 641128
29150 ;;;;;; 711000))
29151 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29152 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29154 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29155 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29156 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29157 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29158 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29160 ;;;***
29162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21670 32331 885635
29163 ;;;;;; 586000))
29164 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29166 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29169 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29171 ;;;***
29173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21670 32331 885635
29174 ;;;;;; 586000))
29175 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29177 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29178 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29179 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29180 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29181 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29183 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29185 ;;;***
29187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21670 32331
29188 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29189 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29191 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29194 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29196 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29197 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29199 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29201 ;;;***
29203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21670 32331 885635
29204 ;;;;;; 586000))
29205 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29207 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29208 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29210 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29212 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29213 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29215 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29217 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29220 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29222 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29224 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29226 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29228 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29229 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29231 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29233 ;;;***
29235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21670 32331 885635
29236 ;;;;;; 586000))
29237 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29239 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29242 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29244 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29247 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29249 ;;;***
29251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21670 32331 885635
29252 ;;;;;; 586000))
29253 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29255 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29258 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29260 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29263 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29265 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29268 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29270 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29273 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29275 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29278 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29280 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29283 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29285 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29288 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29290 ;;;***
29292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21670 32331
29293 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29294 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29296 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29297 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29299 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29301 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29302 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29303 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29305 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29306 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29307 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29308 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29309 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29310 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29311 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29312 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29313 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29314 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29315 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29316 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29317 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29318 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29320 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29321 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29322 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29324 Here is an example. The URL
29326 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29328 parses to
29330 TYPE = \"foo\"
29331 USER = \"bob\"
29332 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29333 HOST = \"example.com\"
29334 PORTSPEC = 42
29335 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29336 TARGET = \"nose\"
29337 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29338 FULLNESS = t
29340 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29342 ;;;***
29344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21670 32331
29345 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29346 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29348 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29349 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29351 \(fn)" t nil)
29353 ;;;***
29355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21670 32331
29356 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29357 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29359 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29360 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29361 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29362 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29363 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29364 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29366 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29368 ;;;***
29370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (21670 32331
29371 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29372 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29374 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29375 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
29376 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29378 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29380 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29381 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29382 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29383 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29385 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29387 ;;;***
29389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21670 32331 885635
29390 ;;;;;; 586000))
29391 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29393 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29394 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29395 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29397 If t, all messages will be logged.
29398 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29399 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29401 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29403 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29406 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29408 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29411 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29413 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29414 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29415 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29416 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29417 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29418 & ==> &amp;
29419 < ==> &lt;
29420 > ==> &gt;
29421 \" ==> &quot;
29423 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29425 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29426 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29427 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29429 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29431 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29432 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29433 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29435 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29437 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29438 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29440 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29442 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29443 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29445 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29447 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29448 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29450 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29452 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29455 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29457 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29460 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29462 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29464 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29465 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29467 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29469 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29470 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29472 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29474 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29477 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29479 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29480 Build a query-string.
29482 Given a QUERY in the form:
29483 '((key1 val1)
29484 (key2 val2)
29485 (key3 val1 val2)
29486 (key4)
29487 (key5 \"\"))
29489 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29491 This will return a string
29492 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29493 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29494 be used.
29496 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29498 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29499 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29501 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29503 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29504 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29505 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29506 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29507 forbidden in URL encoding.
29509 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29511 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29512 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29513 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29514 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29515 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29516 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29518 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29519 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29520 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29521 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29523 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29525 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29526 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29527 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29528 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29529 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29530 should return it unchanged.
29532 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29534 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29535 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29536 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29537 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29539 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29541 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29542 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29543 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29545 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29547 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29548 View the current document's URL.
29549 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29550 the minibuffer.
29552 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29554 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29556 ;;;***
29558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21670 32331 885635
29559 ;;;;;; 586000))
29560 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29562 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29563 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29564 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29565 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29566 to refrain from editing the file
29567 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29568 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29569 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29570 in any way you like.
29572 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29574 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29575 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29576 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29577 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29578 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29580 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29581 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29583 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29585 ;;;***
29587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21670 32331
29588 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
29589 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29591 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29594 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29596 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29599 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29601 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29604 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29606 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29609 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29611 ;;;***
29613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
29614 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29616 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29617 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29619 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29621 ;;;***
29623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21855 577 67944
29624 ;;;;;; 554000))
29625 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29627 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29628 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29629 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29630 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29632 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29634 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29635 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29636 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29638 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29640 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29641 Uudecode region between START and END.
29642 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29644 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29646 ;;;***
29648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21850 34915 137255 549000))
29649 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29651 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29652 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29653 See `run-hooks'.")
29655 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29657 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29658 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29659 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29661 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29663 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29664 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29665 See `run-hooks'.")
29667 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29669 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29670 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29672 If FILE is already registered, return the
29673 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29674 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29675 responsible for FILE is returned.
29677 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29679 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29680 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29681 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29682 same state. If not, signal an error.
29684 For merging-based version control systems:
29685 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29686 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29687 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29688 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29689 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29690 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29692 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29693 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29694 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29695 the file(s) for editing.
29696 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29697 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29698 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29699 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29700 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29702 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29704 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29705 Register into a version control system.
29706 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29707 Otherwise register the current file.
29708 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29710 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29711 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29712 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29713 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29714 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29715 first backend that could register the file is used.
29717 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29719 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29720 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29722 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29724 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29725 Display diffs between file revisions.
29726 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29727 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29728 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29730 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29731 saving the buffer.
29733 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29735 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29736 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29737 repository history using ediff.
29739 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29741 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29742 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29743 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29744 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29745 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29747 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29748 saving the buffer.
29750 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29752 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29753 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29754 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29755 fileset with the working revision.
29756 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29757 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29759 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29760 saving the buffer.
29762 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29764 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29765 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29766 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29768 \(fn)" nil nil)
29770 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29771 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29772 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29773 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29775 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29777 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29778 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29779 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29780 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29782 \(fn)" t nil)
29784 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29785 Perform a version control merge operation.
29786 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29787 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29788 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29789 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29791 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29792 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29793 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29794 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29795 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29796 changes from the current branch.
29798 \(fn)" t nil)
29800 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29802 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29803 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29804 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29805 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29806 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29807 checked out in that new branch.
29809 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29811 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29812 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29813 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29814 named branch in the directory DIR.
29815 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29816 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29817 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29818 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29819 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29820 allowed and simply skipped).
29822 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29824 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29825 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29826 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29827 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29828 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29830 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29831 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29833 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29835 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29836 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29837 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29838 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29839 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29841 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29843 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29844 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29845 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29847 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29849 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29850 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29851 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29853 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29855 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
29856 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
29858 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29860 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29861 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29862 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29863 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29865 \(fn)" t nil)
29867 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29869 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29870 Update the current fileset or branch.
29871 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29872 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29873 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29874 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29876 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29877 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29878 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29879 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29880 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29884 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29886 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
29887 Push the current branch.
29888 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29889 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
29890 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
29891 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt.
29892 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
29894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29896 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29897 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29898 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29899 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29900 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29901 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29902 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29904 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29906 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29907 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29908 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29909 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29910 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29911 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29912 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29913 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29914 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29916 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29918 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29919 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29920 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29921 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29923 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29925 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29926 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29927 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29928 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29930 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29932 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29933 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29934 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29935 directory.
29937 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29939 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29940 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29941 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29943 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29944 log entries should be gathered.
29946 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29948 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29949 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29951 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29953 ;;;***
29955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21850 34915
29956 ;;;;;; 127238 802000))
29957 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29959 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29960 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29962 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29963 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29964 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29965 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29966 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29967 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29969 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29970 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29971 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29972 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29973 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29974 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29975 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29976 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29978 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29980 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29982 Customization variables:
29984 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29985 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29986 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29987 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29988 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
29989 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
29991 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29993 ;;;***
29995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21852 24382 97237
29996 ;;;;;; 703000))
29997 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29999 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30000 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30002 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
30003 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
30004 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30005 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30006 (progn
30007 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
30008 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30010 ;;;***
30012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21826 49707 480493
30013 ;;;;;; 554000))
30014 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30015 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30016 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
30017 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30018 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30019 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
30020 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30022 ;;;***
30024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21842 40083 319216
30025 ;;;;;; 272000))
30026 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30028 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30029 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30030 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30031 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30032 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30034 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30035 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30036 The file lines appear later.
30038 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30039 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30041 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30043 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30045 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30047 ;;;***
30049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21862
30050 ;;;;;; 60209 928657 362000))
30051 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30053 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30054 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30055 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30056 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30057 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30058 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30059 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30060 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30061 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30062 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30063 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30064 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30065 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30066 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30067 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30069 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30071 ;;;***
30073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21888 48854 948181
30074 ;;;;;; 796000))
30075 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30076 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30077 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30078 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30079 (progn
30080 (load "vc-git" nil t)
30081 (vc-git-registered file))))
30083 ;;;***
30085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21842 40086 557968 381000))
30086 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30087 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30088 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30089 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30090 (progn
30091 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
30092 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30094 ;;;***
30096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21826 49712 314797
30097 ;;;;;; 780000))
30098 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30100 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
30101 Name of the monotone directory.")
30103 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
30104 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
30105 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30106 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30107 (progn
30108 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
30109 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30111 ;;;***
30113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21896 48221 810207
30114 ;;;;;; 816000))
30115 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30117 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30118 Where to look for RCS master files.
30119 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30121 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30123 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30125 ;;;***
30127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21748 18111 534605
30128 ;;;;;; 274000))
30129 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30131 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30132 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30133 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30135 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30137 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30139 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
30140 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30141 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30142 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30144 ;;;***
30146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (21748 18111 534605
30147 ;;;;;; 274000))
30148 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30150 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30151 Where to look for SRC master files.
30152 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30154 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30156 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30158 ;;;***
30160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21903 51634 294370
30161 ;;;;;; 580000))
30162 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30163 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30164 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30165 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30166 "_svn")
30167 (t ".svn"))))
30168 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30169 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30170 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30172 ;;;***
30174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21670
30175 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
30176 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30177 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30178 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30180 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30181 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30183 Usage:
30184 ------
30186 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30187 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30188 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30189 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30191 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30192 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30193 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30194 completions.
30196 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30197 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30199 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30200 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30202 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30203 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30204 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30206 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30209 Maintenance:
30210 ------------
30212 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30213 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30215 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30217 Official distribution is at
30218 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30221 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30222 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30224 Key bindings:
30225 -------------
30227 \\{vera-mode-map}
30229 \(fn)" t nil)
30231 ;;;***
30233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30234 ;;;;;; (21862 60209 898658 614000))
30235 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30237 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30238 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30239 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30240 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30241 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30243 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30245 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30246 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30248 Supports highlighting.
30250 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30251 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30253 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30255 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30256 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30257 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30258 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30259 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30260 on the left side of your screen.
30261 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30262 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30263 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30264 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30265 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30266 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30267 function keyword.
30268 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30269 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
30270 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30271 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30272 if (a)
30273 begin
30274 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30275 Indentation for case statements.
30276 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30277 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30278 mark after an end.
30279 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30280 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30281 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30282 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30283 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30284 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30285 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30286 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30287 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30288 if (a)
30289 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30290 otherwise you get:
30291 if (a)
30292 begin
30293 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30294 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30295 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30296 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30297 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30298 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30299 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30300 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30301 comments in tight quarters.
30302 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30303 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30305 Variables controlling other actions:
30307 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30308 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30309 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30311 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30313 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30315 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30316 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30317 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30319 Some other functions are:
30321 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30322 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30323 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30324 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30325 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30327 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30328 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30329 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30330 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30332 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30333 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30334 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30335 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30336 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30337 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30338 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30339 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30340 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30341 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30342 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30343 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30344 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30345 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30346 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30347 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30348 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30349 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30350 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30351 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30352 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30353 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30354 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30355 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30356 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30357 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30358 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30359 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30360 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30361 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30362 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30364 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30365 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30367 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30369 \(fn)" t nil)
30371 ;;;***
30373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21907
30374 ;;;;;; 48688 801360 195000))
30375 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30377 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30378 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30380 Usage:
30381 ------
30383 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30384 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30385 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30386 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30387 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30388 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30389 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30390 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30391 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30393 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30394 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30395 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30396 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30398 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30399 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30400 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30401 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30402 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30404 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30405 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30408 HEADER INSERTION:
30409 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30410 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30411 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30414 STUTTERING:
30415 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30416 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30417 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30418 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30420 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30421 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30422 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30423 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30424 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30427 WORD COMPLETION:
30428 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30429 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30430 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30431 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30433 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30434 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30435 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30436 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30437 beginning with \"std\").
30439 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30440 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30441 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30442 stop.
30445 COMMENTS:
30446 `--' puts a single comment.
30447 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30448 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30449 with a comment in between.
30450 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30451 out following lines.
30452 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30453 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30454 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30455 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30457 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30458 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30459 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30460 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30461 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30462 non-nil.
30464 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30465 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30466 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30467 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30468 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30469 multi-line comments.
30472 INDENTATION:
30473 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30474 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30475 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30476 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30477 the entire region.
30479 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30480 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30481 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30482 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30484 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30485 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30486 and vice versa.
30488 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30489 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30491 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30492 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30493 line.
30496 ALIGNMENT:
30497 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30498 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30499 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30500 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30501 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30502 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30503 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30504 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30506 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30507 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30508 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30509 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30510 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30511 is non-nil.
30513 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30514 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30515 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30517 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30518 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30521 CODE FILLING:
30522 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30523 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30524 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30525 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30526 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30527 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30530 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30531 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30532 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30533 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30534 command:
30536 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30539 PORT TRANSLATION:
30540 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30541 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30542 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30543 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30544 internal signal initializations (menu).
30546 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30547 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30548 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30550 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30551 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30552 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30553 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30554 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30555 in subsequent paste operations.)
30557 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30558 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30559 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30562 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30563 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30564 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30565 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30566 association list with formals).
30569 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30570 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30571 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30572 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30573 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30574 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30575 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30576 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30577 `vhdl-testbench'.
30580 KEY BINDINGS:
30581 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30584 VHDL MENU:
30585 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30588 FILE BROWSER:
30589 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30590 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30591 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30593 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30594 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30597 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30598 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30599 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30600 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30602 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30603 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30604 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30606 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30607 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30608 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30609 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30611 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30612 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30613 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30614 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30615 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30617 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30618 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30619 required by secondary units.
30622 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30623 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30624 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30625 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30626 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30627 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30628 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30629 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30630 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30631 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30632 inputs to this component -> input port created
30633 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30634 outputs from this component -> output port created
30635 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30636 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30638 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30639 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30640 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30641 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30642 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30644 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30645 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30647 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30648 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30649 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30650 component instantiation is also supported (option
30651 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30653 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30654 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30655 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30656 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30657 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30658 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30659 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30660 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30661 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30662 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30663 generating the configuration.
30665 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30666 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30667 configurations in speedbar.
30669 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30672 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30673 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30674 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30675 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30676 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30677 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30678 information. New compilers can be added.
30680 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30681 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30684 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30685 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30686 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30687 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30688 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30690 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30691 command:
30693 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30694 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30695 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30697 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30698 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30699 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30700 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30701 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30702 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30703 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30704 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30705 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30707 Limitations:
30708 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30709 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30710 not (yet) supported.
30711 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30712 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30713 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30716 PROJECTS:
30717 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30718 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30719 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30720 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30721 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30722 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30723 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30724 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30726 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30727 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30728 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30729 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30730 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30731 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30732 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30733 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30734 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30735 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30736 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30739 SPECIAL MENUES:
30740 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30741 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30742 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30743 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30744 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30745 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30746 current directory for VHDL source files.
30749 VHDL STANDARDS:
30750 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30751 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30754 KEYWORD CASE:
30755 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30756 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30757 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30758 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30759 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30760 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30761 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30762 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30765 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30766 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30767 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30768 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30769 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30770 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30771 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30773 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30774 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30775 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30776 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30777 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30778 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30780 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30781 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30782 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30783 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30784 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30785 visually.
30787 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30788 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30789 highlighted if written in lower case.
30791 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30792 highlighted using a different background color if option
30793 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30795 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30796 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30797 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30798 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30799 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30802 USER MODELS:
30803 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30804 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30805 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30808 HIDE/SHOW:
30809 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30810 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30811 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30812 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30813 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30816 CODE UPDATING:
30817 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30818 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30819 Limitations:
30820 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30821 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30822 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30823 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30824 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30825 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30826 (used to obtain the port names).
30827 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30828 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30829 sensitivity lists.
30832 CODE FIXING:
30833 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30834 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30837 PRINTING:
30838 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30839 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30840 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30841 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30842 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30843 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30844 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30845 printers.
30848 OPTIONS:
30849 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30850 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30851 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30852 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30853 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30855 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30856 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30857 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30858 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30859 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30860 INSTALL file).
30862 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30863 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30866 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30867 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30868 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30869 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30871 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30874 HINTS:
30875 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30876 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30878 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30880 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30882 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30885 RELEASE NOTES:
30886 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30889 Maintenance:
30890 ------------
30892 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30893 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30895 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30897 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30898 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30899 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30900 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30902 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30903 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30904 where the latest version can be found.
30907 Known problems:
30908 ---------------
30910 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30911 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30912 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30913 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30916 The VHDL Mode Authors
30917 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30919 Key bindings:
30920 -------------
30922 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30924 \(fn)" t nil)
30926 ;;;***
30928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21670
30929 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
30930 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30932 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30933 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30935 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30937 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30938 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30939 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30940 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30942 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30944 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30945 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30947 \(fn)" t nil)
30949 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30950 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30951 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30952 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30954 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30956 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30957 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30959 \(fn)" t nil)
30961 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30964 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30966 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30969 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30971 ;;;***
30973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
30974 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30976 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30977 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30978 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30980 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30982 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30983 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30984 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30985 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30987 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30989 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30990 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30992 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30994 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30995 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30996 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30997 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30998 moving around in the buffer.
30999 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31000 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31002 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31004 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31006 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31007 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31008 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31009 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31011 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31012 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31013 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31014 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31015 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31017 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31019 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31021 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31022 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31023 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31024 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31025 buffer.
31027 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31028 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31029 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31030 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31031 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31033 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31035 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31037 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31038 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31039 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31040 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31041 moving around in the buffer.
31042 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31043 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31045 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31047 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31048 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31049 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31051 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31052 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31053 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31054 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31056 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31057 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31058 own View-like bindings.
31060 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31062 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31063 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31064 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31065 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31066 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31067 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31068 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31070 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31072 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31074 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31075 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31076 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31078 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31079 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31080 own View-like bindings.
31082 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31084 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31085 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31086 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31087 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31088 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31089 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31090 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31092 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31094 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31096 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31097 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31098 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31100 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31101 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31102 own View-like bindings.
31104 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31106 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31107 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31108 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31109 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31110 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31112 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31113 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31114 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31115 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31117 \\<view-mode-map>
31119 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31120 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31121 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31122 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31123 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31124 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31125 to a repeat count of one.
31127 H, h, ? This message.
31128 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31129 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31130 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31131 > move to the end of buffer.
31132 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31133 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31134 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31135 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31136 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31137 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31138 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31139 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31140 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31141 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31142 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31143 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31144 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31145 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31146 Use this to view a changing file.
31147 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31148 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31149 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31150 . set the mark.
31151 x exchanges point and mark.
31152 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31153 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31154 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31155 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31156 ' go to position saved in character register.
31157 s do forward incremental search.
31158 r do reverse incremental search.
31159 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31160 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31161 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31162 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31163 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31164 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31165 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31166 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31167 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31168 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31169 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31170 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31171 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31172 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31173 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31174 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31175 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31177 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31178 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31179 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31180 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31181 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31182 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31183 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31184 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31185 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31187 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31191 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31192 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31193 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31194 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31195 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31196 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31197 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31198 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31199 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31201 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31203 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31205 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31206 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31207 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31208 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31209 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31210 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31212 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31213 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31214 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31216 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31218 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31220 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31222 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31223 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31225 \(fn)" t nil)
31227 ;;;***
31229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21670 32330 885624
31230 ;;;;;; 725000))
31231 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31232 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31234 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31235 Toggle Viper on/off.
31236 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31238 \(fn)" t nil)
31240 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31241 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31243 \(fn)" t nil)
31245 ;;;***
31247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21884
31248 ;;;;;; 813 562651 696000))
31249 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31251 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31252 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31253 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31254 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31255 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31256 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31257 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31258 the beginning of the warning.")
31260 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31261 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31262 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31263 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31264 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31265 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31266 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31267 also call that function before the next warning.")
31269 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31270 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31272 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31273 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31274 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31275 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31277 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31278 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31279 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31280 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31281 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31282 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31284 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31285 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31286 Default is :warning.
31288 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31289 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31290 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31291 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31292 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31293 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31295 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31296 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31297 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31299 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31301 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31302 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31304 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31306 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31307 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31308 \\<special-mode-map>
31309 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31310 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31312 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31313 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31314 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31315 can be whatever you like.)
31317 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31318 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31320 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31321 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31322 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31323 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31324 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31326 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31328 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31329 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31330 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31331 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31332 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31334 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31336 ;;;***
31338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
31339 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31340 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31342 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31343 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31344 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31345 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31346 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31347 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31348 directories to reflect your edits.
31350 See `wdired-mode'.
31352 \(fn)" t nil)
31354 ;;;***
31356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21670 32331 385639
31357 ;;;;;; 720000))
31358 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31360 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31361 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31363 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31364 hotlist.
31366 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31367 <nwv@acm.org>.
31369 \(fn)" t nil)
31371 ;;;***
31373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21670
31374 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
31375 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31376 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31377 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31379 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31381 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31382 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31383 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31384 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31385 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31386 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31388 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31390 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31391 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31392 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31393 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31394 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31396 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31397 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31398 in certain major modes.
31400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31402 ;;;***
31404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21828 42028 670509
31405 ;;;;;; 602000))
31406 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31407 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31409 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31410 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31411 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31412 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31413 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31415 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31416 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31420 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31421 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31422 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31423 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31424 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31426 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31427 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31428 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31429 use `whitespace-mode'.
31431 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31433 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31435 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31436 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31437 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31438 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31439 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31440 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31442 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31444 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31445 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31446 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31447 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31448 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31450 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31451 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31455 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31456 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31457 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31458 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31459 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31460 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31462 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31464 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31465 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31466 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31467 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31468 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31470 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31471 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31472 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31473 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31475 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31479 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31480 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31482 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31483 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31485 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31486 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31488 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31490 CHAR MEANING
31491 (VIA FACES)
31492 f toggle face visualization
31493 t toggle TAB visualization
31494 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31495 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31496 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31497 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31498 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31499 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31500 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31501 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31502 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31503 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31504 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31505 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31506 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31507 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31508 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31509 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31511 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31512 T toggle TAB visualization
31513 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31514 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31516 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31517 ? display brief help
31519 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31520 The valid symbols are:
31522 face toggle face visualization
31523 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31524 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31525 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31526 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31527 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31528 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31529 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31530 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31531 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31532 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31533 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31534 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31535 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31536 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31537 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31538 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31539 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31541 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31542 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31543 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31545 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31547 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31549 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31551 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31552 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31554 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31555 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31557 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31558 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31560 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31562 CHAR MEANING
31563 (VIA FACES)
31564 f toggle face visualization
31565 t toggle TAB visualization
31566 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31567 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31568 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31569 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31570 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31571 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31572 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31573 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31574 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31575 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31576 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31577 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31578 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31579 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31580 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31581 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31583 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31584 T toggle TAB visualization
31585 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31586 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31588 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31589 ? display brief help
31591 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31592 The valid symbols are:
31594 face toggle face visualization
31595 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31596 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31597 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31598 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31599 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31600 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31601 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31602 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31603 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31604 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31605 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31606 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31607 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31608 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31609 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31610 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31611 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31613 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31614 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31615 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31617 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31619 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31621 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31623 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31624 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31626 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31627 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31628 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31629 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31630 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31632 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31634 The problems cleaned up are:
31636 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31637 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31638 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31639 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31641 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31642 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31643 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31644 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31645 SPACEs.
31646 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31647 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31648 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31649 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31651 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31652 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31653 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31654 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31655 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31656 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31657 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31658 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31660 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31661 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31662 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31664 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31665 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31666 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31667 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31668 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31669 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31670 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31671 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31673 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31674 documentation.
31676 \(fn)" t nil)
31678 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31679 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31681 The problems cleaned up are:
31683 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31684 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31685 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31686 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31687 SPACEs.
31688 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31689 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31690 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31691 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31693 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31694 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31695 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31696 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31697 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31698 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31699 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31700 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31702 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31703 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31704 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31706 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31707 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31708 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31709 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31710 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31711 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31712 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31713 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31715 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31716 documentation.
31718 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31720 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31721 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31723 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31725 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31727 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31728 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31730 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31731 non-nil.
31733 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31734 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31735 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31737 empty
31738 trailing
31739 indentation
31740 space-before-tab
31741 space-after-tab
31743 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31744 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31745 report problems.
31747 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31749 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31750 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31751 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31752 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31753 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31754 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31755 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31757 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31758 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31759 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31760 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31761 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31762 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31763 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31765 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31766 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31767 cleaning up these problems.
31769 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31771 ;;;***
31773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21670 32331 885635
31774 ;;;;;; 586000))
31775 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31777 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31778 Browse the widget under point.
31780 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31782 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31783 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31785 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31787 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31788 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31790 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31792 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31793 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31794 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31795 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31796 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31800 ;;;***
31802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21891 60465 939679
31803 ;;;;;; 523000))
31804 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31806 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31807 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31809 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31811 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31812 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31813 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31815 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31817 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31818 Create widget of TYPE.
31819 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31821 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31823 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31824 Delete WIDGET.
31826 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31828 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31829 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31831 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31833 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31834 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31835 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31836 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31838 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31839 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31841 \(fn)" nil nil)
31843 ;;;***
31845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21852 24382 97237
31846 ;;;;;; 703000))
31847 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31849 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31850 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31851 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31852 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31853 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31854 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31855 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31859 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31860 Select the window above the current one.
31861 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31862 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31863 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31864 negative ARG) of the current window.
31865 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31867 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31869 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31870 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31871 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31872 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31873 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31874 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31875 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31879 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31880 Select the window below the current one.
31881 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31882 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31883 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31884 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31885 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31889 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31890 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31891 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31892 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31894 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31896 ;;;***
31898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21733 50750 334730 5000))
31899 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31901 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31902 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31903 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31904 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31905 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31906 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31908 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31910 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31911 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31912 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31913 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31914 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31915 \\{winner-mode-map}
31917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31919 ;;;***
31921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21855 577 547944 710000))
31922 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31923 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31925 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31926 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31927 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31928 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31929 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31931 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31933 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31934 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31935 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31936 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31937 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31938 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31939 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31940 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31942 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31943 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31945 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31947 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31948 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31950 \(fn)" t nil)
31952 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31953 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31954 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31955 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31956 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31957 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31958 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31959 `woman' command for further details.
31961 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31963 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31964 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31966 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31968 ;;;***
31970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
31971 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31973 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31974 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31975 Return the top node with all its children.
31976 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31978 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31979 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31980 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31982 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31984 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31985 namespace to URIs instead.
31987 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31988 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31990 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31992 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31994 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31996 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31997 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31998 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31999 not contain well-formed XML.
32001 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32002 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32003 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32004 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32005 element of the list.
32006 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32007 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32008 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32010 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32012 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32013 namespace to URIs instead.
32015 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32016 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32018 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32020 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32022 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32024 ;;;***
32026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21670 32331 385639
32027 ;;;;;; 720000))
32028 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32030 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32031 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32032 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32033 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32034 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32035 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32036 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32037 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32038 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32039 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32041 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32043 ;;;***
32045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (21903 51634 290370
32046 ;;;;;; 580000))
32047 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
32049 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
32050 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
32052 \(fn)" t nil)
32054 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
32055 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
32057 \(fn)" nil nil)
32059 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
32060 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
32061 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
32062 prompt for it.
32064 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32066 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
32067 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
32069 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32071 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
32072 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
32074 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32076 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
32077 Find references to the identifier at point.
32078 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
32080 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32082 (autoload 'xref-find-regexp "xref" "\
32083 Find all matches for REGEXP.
32085 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32087 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
32088 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
32089 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
32091 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
32092 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
32093 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
32094 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
32095 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
32096 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
32098 ;;;***
32100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21852 24382 117243
32101 ;;;;;; 951000))
32102 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32104 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32105 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32106 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32107 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32108 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32109 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32111 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32113 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32114 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32115 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32116 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32117 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32119 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32120 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32121 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32122 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32123 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32124 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32128 ;;;***
32130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
32131 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32133 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32134 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32136 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32138 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32139 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32141 \(fn)" nil nil)
32143 ;;;***
32145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
32146 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32148 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32149 Zone out, completely.
32151 \(fn)" t nil)
32153 ;;;***
32155 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32156 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32157 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32158 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32159 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32160 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32161 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32162 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32163 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32164 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32165 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32166 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32167 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32168 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32169 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32170 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32171 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32172 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32173 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32174 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32175 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32176 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32177 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32178 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
32179 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
32180 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
32181 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
32182 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
32183 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
32184 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
32185 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
32186 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
32187 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
32188 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32189 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32190 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32191 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32192 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32193 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32194 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32195 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32196 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32197 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32198 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32199 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32200 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32201 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32202 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32203 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32204 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32205 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32206 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32207 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32208 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32209 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32210 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32211 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32212 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32213 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32214 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32215 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32216 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32217 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32218 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32219 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32220 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32221 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32222 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32223 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32224 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32225 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el"
32226 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
32227 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
32228 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
32229 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el"
32230 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32231 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32232 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/generator.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32233 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32234 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
32235 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
32236 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32237 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32238 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
32239 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32240 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32241 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32242 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32243 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32244 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32245 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32246 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
32247 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32248 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
32249 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32250 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el"
32251 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32252 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
32253 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32254 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32255 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32256 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32257 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32258 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32259 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
32260 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32261 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
32262 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
32263 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32264 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
32265 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
32266 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
32267 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
32268 ;;;;;; "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32269 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32270 ;;;;;; "international/charscript.el" "international/fontset.el"
32271 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32272 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32273 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32274 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32275 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32276 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32277 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32278 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32279 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32280 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
32281 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el"
32282 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el"
32283 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el"
32284 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el"
32285 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el"
32286 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ipa.el" "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el"
32287 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-alt.el" "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el"
32288 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-pre.el" "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el"
32289 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el"
32290 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el"
32291 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el"
32292 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el"
32293 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
32294 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32295 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32296 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32297 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32298 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32299 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32300 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32301 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32302 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32303 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32304 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32305 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32306 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
32307 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
32308 ;;;;;; "net/nsm.el" "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32309 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
32310 ;;;;;; "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el"
32311 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el"
32312 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el"
32313 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el"
32314 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el"
32315 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
32316 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
32317 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
32318 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
32319 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
32320 ;;;;;; "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el"
32321 ;;;;;; "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el"
32322 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32323 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32324 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32325 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32326 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32327 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32328 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32329 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32330 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32331 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32332 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32333 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32334 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32335 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32336 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32337 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32338 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32339 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32340 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32341 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32342 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32343 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32344 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32345 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32346 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32347 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32348 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32349 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32350 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32351 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32352 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32353 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32354 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32355 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32356 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32357 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
32358 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32359 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32360 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el"
32361 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32362 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32363 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32364 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32365 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32366 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32367 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el"
32368 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32369 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (21907 48688 857360 195000))
32371 ;;;***
32373 (provide 'loaddefs)
32374 ;; Local Variables:
32375 ;; version-control: never
32376 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32377 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32378 ;; coding: utf-8
32379 ;; End:
32380 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here